]> git.proxmox.com Git - systemd.git/blob - NEWS
New upstream version 249~rc3
[systemd.git] / NEWS
1 systemd System and Service Manager
2
3 CHANGES WITH 249 in spe:
4
5 * When operating on disk images via the --image= switch of various
6 tools (such as systemd-nspawn or systemd-dissect), and multiple
7 suitable root or /usr/ partitions exist in the image, then a simple
8 comparison inspired by strverscmp() is done on the GPT partition
9 label, and the newest partition is picked. This permits a simple and
10 generic whole-file-system A/B update logic where new operating system
11 versions are dropped into partitions whose label is then updated with
12 a matching version identifier.
13
14 * systemd-sysusers now supports querying the passwords to set for the
15 users it creates via the "credentials" logic introduced in v247: the
16 passwd.hashed-password.<user> and passwd.plaintext-password.<user>
17 credentials are consulted for the password to use (either in UNIX
18 hashed form, or literally). By default these credentials are inherited
19 down from PID1 (which in turn imports it from a container manager if
20 there is one). This permits easy configuration of user passwords
21 during first boot. Example:
22
23 # systemd-nspawn -i foo.raw --volatile=yes --set-credential=passwd.plaintext-password.root:foo
24
25 Note that systemd-sysusers operates in purely additive mode: it
26 executes no operation if the declared users already exist, and hence
27 doesn't set any passwords as effect of the command line above if the
28 specified root user exists already in the image. (Note that
29 --volatile=yes ensures it doesn't, though.)
30
31 * systemd-firstboot now also supports querying various system
32 parameters via the credential subsystems. Thus, as above this may be
33 used to initialize important system parameters on first boot of
34 previously unprovisioned images (i.e. images with a mostly empty
35 /etc/).
36
37 * PID 1 may now show both the unit name and the unit description
38 strings in its status output during boot. This may be configured with
39 StatusUnitFormat=combined in system.conf or
40 systemd.status-unit-format=combined on the kernel command line.
41
42 * The systemd-machine-id-setup tool now supports a --image= switch for
43 provisioning a machine ID file into an OS disk image, similar to how
44 --root= operates on an OS file tree. This matches the existing switch
45 of the same name for systemd-tmpfiles, systemd-firstboot, and
46 systemd-sysusers tools.
47
48 * Similarly, systemd-repart gained support for the --image= switch too.
49 In combination with the existing --size= option, this makes the tool
50 particularly useful for easily growing disk images in a single
51 invocation, following the declarative rules included in the image
52 itself.
53
54 * systemd-repart's partition configuration files gained support for a
55 new switch MakeDirectories= which may be used to create arbitrary
56 directories inside file systems that are created, before registering
57 them in the partition table. This is useful in particular for root
58 partitions to create mount point directories for other partitions
59 included in the image. For example, a disk image that contains a
60 root, /home/, and /var/ partitions, may set MakeDirectories=yes to
61 create /home/ and /var/ as empty directories in the root file system
62 on its creation, so that the resulting image can be mounted
63 immediately, even in read-only mode.
64
65 * systemd-repart's CopyBlocks= setting gained support for the special
66 value "auto". If used, a suitable matching partition on the booted OS
67 is found as source to copy blocks from. This is useful when
68 implementing replicating installers, that are booted from one medium
69 and then stream their own root partition onto the target medium.
70
71 * systemd-repart's partition configuration files gained support for a
72 Flags=, a ReadOnly= and a NoAuto= setting, allowing control of these
73 GPT partition flags for the created partitions: this is useful for
74 marking newly created partitions as read-only, or as not being
75 subject for automatic mounting from creation on.
76
77 * The /etc/os-release file has been extended with two new (optional)
78 variables IMAGE_VERSION= and IMAGE_ID=, carrying identity and version
79 information for OS images that are updated comprehensively and
80 atomically as one image. Two new specifiers %M, %A now resolve to
81 these two fields in the various configuration options that resolve
82 specifiers.
83
84 * portablectl gained a new switch --extension= for enabling portable
85 service images with extensions that follow the extension image
86 concept introduced with v248, and thus allows layering multiple
87 images when setting up the root filesystem of the service.
88
89 * systemd-coredump will now extract ELF build-id information from
90 processes dumping core and include it in the coredump report.
91 Moreover, it will look for ELF .note.package sections with
92 distribution packaging meta-information about the crashing process.
93 This is useful to directly embed the rpm or deb (or any other)
94 package name and version in ELF files, making it easy to match
95 coredump reports with the specific package for which the software was
96 compiled. This is particularly useful on environments with ELF files
97 from multiple vendors, different distributions and versions, as is
98 common today in our containerized and sand-boxed world. For further
99 information, see:
100
101 https://systemd.io/COREDUMP_PACKAGE_METADATA
102
103 * A new udev hardware database has been added for FireWire devices
104 (IEEE 1394).
105
106 * The "net_id" built-in of udev has been updated with three
107 backwards-incompatible changes:
108
109 - PCI hotplug slot names on s390 systems are now parsed as
110 hexadecimal numbers. They were incorrectly parsed as decimal
111 previously, or ignored if the name was not a valid decimal
112 number.
113
114 - PCI onboard indices up to 65535 are allowed. Previously, numbers
115 above 16383 were rejected. This primarily impacts s390 systems,
116 where values up to 65535 are used.
117
118 - Invalid characters in interface names are replaced with "_".
119
120 The new version of the net naming scheme is "v249". The previous
121 scheme can be selected via the "net.naming-scheme=v247" kernel
122 command line parameter.
123
124 * sd-bus' sd_bus_is_ready() and sd_bus_is_open() calls now accept a
125 NULL bus object, for which they will return false. Or in other words,
126 an unallocated bus connection is neither ready nor open.
127
128 * The sd-device API acquired a new API function
129 sd_device_get_usec_initialized() that returns the monotonic time when
130 the udev device first appeared in the database.
131
132 * sd-device gained a new APIs sd_device_trigger_with_uuid() and
133 sd_device_get_trigger_uuid(). The former is similar to
134 sd_device_trigger() but returns a randomly generated UUID that is
135 associated with the synthetic uevent generated by the call. This UUID
136 may be read from the sd_device object a monitor eventually receives,
137 via the sd_device_get_trigger_uuid(). This interface requires kernel
138 4.13 or above to work, and allows tracking a synthetic uevent through
139 the entire device management stack. The "udevadm trigger --settle"
140 logic has been updated to make use of this concept if available to
141 wait precisely for the uevents it generates. "udevadm trigger" also
142 gained a new parameter --uuid that prints the UUID for each generated
143 uevent.
144
145 * sd-device also gained new APIs sd_device_new_from_ifname() and
146 sd_device_new_from_ifindex() for allocating an sd-device object for
147 the specified network interface. The former accepts an interface name
148 (either a primary or an alternative name), the latter an interface
149 index.
150
151 * The native Journal protocol has been documented. Clients may talk
152 this as alternative to the classic BSD syslog protocol for locally
153 delivering log records to the Journal. The protocol has been stable
154 for a long time and in fact been implemented already in a variety
155 of alternative client libraries. This documentation makes the support
156 for that official:
157
158 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_NATIVE_PROTOCOL
159
160 * A new BPFProgram= setting has been added to service files. It may be
161 set to a path to a loaded kernel BPF program, i.e. a path to a bpffs
162 file, or a bind mount or symlink to one. This may be used to upload
163 and manage BPF programs externally and then hook arbitrary systemd
164 services into them.
165
166 * The "home.arpa" domain that has been officially declared as the
167 choice for domain for local home networks per RFC 8375 has been added
168 to the default NTA list of resolved, since DNSSEC is generally not
169 available on private domains.
170
171 * The CPUAffinity= setting of unit files now resolves "%" specifiers.
172
173 * A new ManageForeignRoutingPolicyRules= setting has been added to
174 .network files which may be used to exclude foreign-created routing
175 policy rules from systemd-networkd management.
176
177 * systemd-network-wait-online gained two new switches -4 and -6 that
178 may be used to tweak whether to wait for only IPv4 or only IPv6
179 connectivity.
180
181 * .network files gained a new RequiredFamilyForOnline= setting to
182 fine-tune whether to require an IPv4 or IPv6 address in order to
183 consider an interface "online".
184
185 * networkctl will now show an over-all "online" state in the per-link
186 information.
187
188 * In .network files a new OutgoingInterface= setting has been added to
189 specify the output interface in bridge FDB setups.
190
191 * In .network files the Multipath group ID may now be configured for
192 [NextHop] entries, via the new Group= setting.
193
194 * The DHCP server logic configured in .network files gained a new
195 setting RelayTarget= that turns the server into a DHCP server relay.
196 The RelayAgentCircuitId= and RelayAgentRemoteId= settings may be used
197 to further tweak the DHCP relay behaviour.
198
199 * The DHCP server logic also gained a new ServerAddress= setting in
200 .network files that explicitly specifies the server IP address to
201 use. If not specified, the address is determined automatically, as
202 before.
203
204 * The DHCP server logic in systemd-networkd gained support for static
205 DHCP leases, configurable via the [DHCPServerStaticLease]
206 section. This allows explicitly mapping specific MAC addresses to
207 fixed IP addresses and vice versa.
208
209 * The RestrictAddressFamilies= setting in service files now supports a
210 new special value "none". If specified sockets of all address
211 families will be made unavailable to services configured that way.
212
213 * systemd-fstab-generator and systemd-repart have been updated to
214 support booting from disks that carry only a /usr/ partition but no
215 root partition yet, and where systemd-repart can add it in on the
216 first boot. This is useful for implementing systems that ship with a
217 single /usr/ file system, and whose root file system shall be set up
218 and formatted on a LUKS-encrypted volume whose key is generated
219 locally (and possibly enrolled in the TPM) during the first boot.
220
221 * The [Address] section of .network files now accepts a new
222 RouteMetric= setting that configures the routing metric to use for
223 the prefix route created as effect of the address configuration.
224 Similarly, the [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] and [IPv6Prefix] sections
225 gained matching settings for their prefix routes. (The option of the
226 same name in the [DHCPv6] section is moved to [IPv6AcceptRA], since
227 it conceptually belongs there; the old option is still understood for
228 compatibility.)
229
230 * The DHCPv6 IAID and DUID are now explicitly configurable in .network
231 files.
232
233 * A new udev property ID_NET_DHCP_BROADCAST on network interface
234 devices is now honoured by systemd-networkd, controlling whether to
235 issue DHCP offers via broadcasting. This is used to ensure that s390
236 layer 3 network interfaces work out-of-the-box with systemd-networkd.
237
238 * nss-myhostname and systemd-resolved will now synthesize address
239 records for a new special hostname "_outbound". The name will always
240 resolve to the local IP addresses most likely used for outbound
241 connections towards the default routes. On multi-homed hosts this is
242 useful to have a stable handle referring to "the" local IP address
243 that matters most, to the point where this is defined.
244
245 * The Discoverable Partition Specification has been updated with a new
246 GPT partition flag "grow-file-system" defined for its partition
247 types. Whenever partitions with this flag set are automatically
248 mounted (i.e. via systemd-gpt-auto-generator or the --image= switch
249 of systemd-nspawn or other tools; and as opposed to explicit mounting
250 via /etc/fstab), the file system within the partition is
251 automatically grown to the full size of the partition. If the file
252 system size already matches the partition size this flag has no
253 effect. Previously, this functionality has been available via the
254 explicit x-systemd.growfs mount option, and this new flag extends
255 this to automatically discovered mounts. A new GrowFileSystem=
256 setting has been added to systemd-repart drop-in files that allows
257 configuring this partition flag. This new flag defaults to on for
258 partitions automatically created by systemd-repart, except if they
259 are marked read-only. See the specification for further details:
260
261 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
262
263 * .network files gained a new setting RoutesToNTP= in the [DHCPv4]
264 section. If enabled (which is the default), and an NTP server address
265 is acquired through a DHCP lease on this interface an explicit route
266 to this address is created on this interface to ensure that NTP
267 traffic to the NTP server acquired on an interface is also routed
268 through that interface. The pre-existing RoutesToDNS= setting that
269 implements the same for DNS servers is now enabled by default.
270
271 * A pair of service settings SocketBindAllow= + SocketBindDeny= have
272 been added that may be used to restrict the network interfaces
273 sockets created by the service may be bound to. This is implemented
274 via BPF.
275
276 * A new ConditionFirmware= setting has been added to unit files to
277 conditionalize on certain firmware features. At the moment it may
278 check whether running on an UEFI system, a device.tree system, or if
279 the system is compatible with some specified device-tree feature.
280
281 * A new ConditionOSRelease= setting has been added to unit files to
282 check os-release(5) fields. The "=", "!=", "<", "<=", ">=", ">"
283 operators may be used to check if some field has some specific value
284 or do an alphanumerical comparison. Equality comparisons are useful
285 for fields like ID, but relative comparisons for fields like
286 VERSION_ID or IMAGE_VERSION.
287
288 * hostnamed gained a new Describe() D-Bus method that returns a JSON
289 serialization of the host data it exposes. This is exposed via
290 "hostnamectl --json=" to acquire a host identity description in JSON.
291 It's our intention to add a similar features to most services and
292 objects systemd manages, in order to simplify integration with
293 program code that can consume JSON.
294
295 * Similarly, networkd gained a Describe() method on its Manager and
296 Link bus objects. This is exposed via "networkctl --json=".
297
298 * hostnamectl's various "get-xyz"/"set-xyz" verb pairs
299 (e.g. "hostnamectl get-hostname", "hostnamectl "set-hostname") have
300 been replaced by a single "xyz" verb (e.g. "hostnamectl hostname")
301 that is used both to get the value (when no argument is given), and
302 to set the value (when an argument is specified). The old names
303 continue to be supported for compatibility.
304
305 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= are now able to
306 correctly identify Amazon EC2 environments.
307
308 * The LogLevelMax= setting of unit files now applies not only to log
309 messages generated *by* the service, but also to log messages
310 generated *about* the service by PID 1. To suppress logs concerning a
311 specific service comprehensively, set this option to a high log
312 level.
313
314 * bootctl gained support for a new --make-machine-id-directory= switch
315 that allows precise control on whether to create the top-level
316 per-machine directory in the boot partition that typically contains
317 Type 1 boot loader entries.
318
319 * During build SBAT data to include in the systemd-boot EFI PE binaries
320 may be specified now.
321
322 * /etc/crypttab learnt a new option "headless". If specified any
323 requests to query the user interactively for passwords or PINs will
324 be skipped. This is useful on systems that are headless, i.e. where
325 an interactive user is generally not present.
326
327 * /etc/crypttab also learnt a new option "password-echo=" that allows
328 configuring whether the encryption password prompt shall echo the
329 typed password and if so, do so literally or via asterisks. (The
330 default is the same behaviour as before: provide echo feedback via
331 asterisks.)
332
333 * FIDO2 support in systemd-cryptenroll/systemd-cryptsetup and
334 systemd-homed has been updated to allow explicit configuration of the
335 "user presence" and "user verification" checks, as well as whether a
336 PIN is required for authentication, via the new switches
337 --fido2-with-user-presence=, --fido2-with-user-verification=,
338 --fido2-with-client-pin= to systemd-cryptenroll and homectl. Which
339 features are available, and may be enabled or disabled depends on the
340 used FIDO2 token.
341
342 * systemd-nspawn's --private-user= switch now accepts the special value
343 "identity" which configures a user namespacing environment with an
344 identity mapping of 65535 UIDs. This means the container UID 0 is
345 mapped to the host UID 0, and the UID 1 to host UID 1. On first look
346 this doesn't appear to be useful, however it does reduce the attack
347 surface a bit, since the resulting container will possess process
348 capabilities only within its namespace and not on the host.
349
350 * systemd-nspawn's --private-user-chown switch has been replaced by a
351 more generic --private-user-ownership= switch that accepts one of
352 three values: "chown" is equivalent to the old --private-user-chown,
353 and "off" is equivalent to the absence of the old switch. The value
354 "map" uses the new UID mapping mounts of Linux 5.12 to map ownership
355 of files and directories of the underlying image to the chosen UID
356 range for the container. "auto" is equivalent to "map" if UID mapping
357 mount are supported, otherwise it is equivalent to "chown". The short
358 -U switch systemd-nspawn now implies --private-user-ownership=auto
359 instead of the old --private-user-chown. Effectively this means: if
360 the backing file system supports UID mapping mounts the feature is
361 now used by default if -U is used. Generally, it's a good idea to use
362 UID mapping mounts instead of recursive chown()ing, since it allows
363 running containers off immutable images (since no modifications of
364 the images need to take place), and share images between multiple
365 instances. Moreover, the recursive chown()ing operation is slow and
366 can be avoided. Conceptually it's also a good thing if transient UID
367 range uses do not leak into persistent file ownership anymore. TLDR:
368 finally, the last major drawback of user namespacing has been
369 removed, and -U should always be used (unless you use btrfs, where
370 UID mapped mounts do not exist; or your container actually needs
371 privileges on the host).
372
373 * nss-systemd now synthesizes user and group shadow records in addition
374 to the main user and group records. Thus, hashed passwords managed by
375 systemd-homed are now accessible via the shadow database.
376
377 * The userdb logic (and thus nss-systemd, and so on) now read
378 additional user/group definitions in JSON format from the drop-in
379 directories /etc/userdb/, /run/userdb/, /run/host/userdb/ and
380 /usr/lib/userdb/. This is a simple and powerful mechanism for making
381 additional users available to the system, with full integration into
382 NSS including the shadow databases. Since the full JSON user/group
383 record format is supported this may also be used to define users with
384 resource management settings and other runtime settings that
385 pam_systemd and systemd-logind enforce at login.
386
387 * The userdbctl tool gained two new switches --with-dropin= and
388 --with-varlink= which can be used to fine-tune the sources used for
389 user database lookups.
390
391 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --bind-user= for binding a host
392 user account into the container. This does three things: the user's
393 home directory is bind mounted from the host into the container,
394 below the /run/userdb/home/ hierarchy. A free UID is picked in the
395 container, and a user namespacing UID mapping to the host user's UID
396 installed. And finally, a minimal JSON user and group record (along
397 with its hashed password) is dropped into /run/host/userdb/. These
398 records are picked up automatically by the userdb drop-in logic
399 describe above, and allow the user to login with the same password as
400 on the host. Effectively this means: if host and container run new
401 enough systemd versions making a host user available to the container
402 is trivially simple.
403
404 * systemd-journal-gatewayd now supports the switches --user, --system,
405 --merge, --file= that are equivalent to the same switches of
406 journalctl, and permit exposing only the specified subset of the
407 Journal records.
408
409 * The OnFailure= dependency between units is now augmented with a
410 implicit reverse dependency OnFailureOf= (this new dependency cannot
411 be configured directly it's only created as effect of an OnFailure=
412 dependency in the reverse order — it's visible in "systemctl show"
413 however). Similar, Slice= now has an reverse dependency SliceOf=,
414 that is also not configurable directly, but useful to determine all
415 units that are members of a slice.
416
417 * A pair of new dependency types between units PropagatesStopTo= +
418 StopPropagatedFrom= has been added, that allows propagation of unit
419 stop events between two units. It operates similar to the existing
420 PropagatesReloadTo= + ReloadPropagatedFrom= dependencies.
421
422 * A new dependency type OnSuccess= has been added (plus the reverse
423 dependency OnSuccessOf=, which cannot be configured directly, but
424 exists only as effect of the reverse OnSuccess=). It is similar to
425 OnFailure=, but triggers in the opposite case: when a service exits
426 cleanly. This allows "chaining up" of services where one or more
427 services are started once another service has successfully completed.
428
429 * A new dependency type Upholds= has been added (plus the reverse
430 dependency UpheldBy=, which cannot be configured directly, but exists
431 only as effect of Upholds=). This dependency type is a stronger form
432 of Wants=: if a unit has an UpHolds= dependency on some other unit
433 and the former is active then the latter is started whenever it is
434 found inactive (and no job is queued for it). This is an alternative
435 to Restart= inside service units, but less configurable, and the
436 request to uphold a unit is not encoded in the unit itself but in
437 another unit that intends to uphold it.
438
439 * The systemd-ask-password tool now also supports reading passwords
440 from the credentials subsystem, via the new --credential= switch.
441
442 * The systemd-ask-password tool learnt a new switch --emoji= which may
443 be used to explicit control whether the lock and key emoji (🔐) is
444 shown in the password prompt on suitable TTYs.
445
446 * The --echo switch of systemd-ask-password now optionally takes a
447 parameter that controls character echo. It may either show asterisks
448 (default, as before), turn echo off entirely, or echo the typed
449 characters literally.
450
451 * The systemd-ask-password tool also gained a new -n switch for
452 suppressing output of a trailing newline character when writing the
453 acquired password to standard output, similar to /bin/echo's -n
454 switch.
455
456 * New documentation has been added that describes the organization of
457 the systemd source code tree:
458
459 https://systemd.io/ARCHITECTURE
460
461 * Units using ConditionNeedsUpdate= will no longer be activated in
462 the initrd.
463
464 * It is now possible to list a template unit in the WantedBy= or
465 RequiredBy= settings of the [Install] section of another template
466 unit, which will be instantiated using the same instance name.
467
468 * A new MemoryAvailable property is available for units. If the unit,
469 or the slice(s) it is part of, have a memory limit set via MemoryMax=/
470 MemoryHigh=, MemoryAvailable will indicate how much more memory the
471 unit can claim before hitting the limit(s).
472
473 * systemd-coredump will now try to stay below the cgroup memory limit
474 placed on itself or one of the slices it runs under, if the storage
475 area for core files (/var/lib/systemd/coredump/) is placed on a tmpfs,
476 since files written on such filesystems count toward the cgroup memory
477 limit. If there is not enough available memory in such cases to store
478 the core file uncompressed, systemd-coredump will skip to compressed
479 storage directly (if enabled) and it will avoid analyzing the core file
480 to print backtrace and metadata in the journal.
481
482 * tmpfiles.d/ drop-ins gained a new '=' modifier to check if the type
483 of a path matches the configured expectations, and remove it if not.
484
485 * tmpfiles.d/'s 'Age' now accepts an 'age-by' argument, which allows to
486 specify which of the several available filesystem timestamps (access
487 time, birth time, change time, modification time) to look at when
488 deciding whether a path has aged enough to be cleaned.
489
490 * A new IPv6StableSecretAddress= setting has been added to .network
491 files, which takes an IPv6 address to use as secret for IPv6 address
492 generation.
493
494 * The [DHCPServer] logic in .network files gained support for a new
495 UplinkInterface= setting that permits configuration of the uplink
496 interface name to propagate DHCP lease information from.
497
498 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files now accepts a list of flags
499 instead of a single one, to configure multiple wake-on-LAN policies.
500
501 * User-space defined tracepoints (USDT) have been added to udev at
502 strategic locations. This is useful for tracing udev behaviour and
503 performance with bpftrace and similar tools.
504
505 * systemd-journald-upload gained a new NetworkTimeoutSec= option for
506 setting a network timeout time.
507
508 * If a system service is running in a new mount namespace (RootDirectory=
509 and friends), all file systems will be mounted with MS_NOSUID by
510 default, unless the system is running with SELinux enabled.
511
512 * When enumerating time zones the timedatectl tool will now consult the
513 'tzdata.zi' file shipped by the IANA time zone database package, in
514 addition to 'zone1970.tab', as before. This makes sure time zone
515 aliases are now correctly supported. Some distributions so far did
516 not install this additional file, most do however. If you
517 distribution does not install it yet, it might make sense to change
518 that.
519
520 Contributions from: Aakash Singh, adrian5, Albert Brox,
521 Alexander Sverdlin, Alexander Tsoy, alexlzhu, Allen Webb,
522 Alvin Šipraga, Alyssa Ross, Anders Wenhaug, Andrea Pappacoda,
523 Anita Zhang, asavah, Balint Reczey, Bertrand Jacquin, borna-blazevic,
524 caoxia2008cxx, Carlo Teubner, Christian Göttsche, Christian Hesse,
525 Daniel Schaefer, Dan Streetman, David Santamaría Rogado, David Tardon,
526 Deepak Rawat, dgcampea, Dimitri John Ledkov, ei-ke, Emilio Herrera,
527 Emil Renner Berthing, Eric Cook, Flos Lonicerae, Franck Bui,
528 Francois Gervais, Frantisek Sumsal, Gibeom Gwon, gitm0, Hans de Goede,
529 Harsh Barsaiyan, Henri Chain, Hristo Venev, Igor Zhbanov, imayoda,
530 Jakub Warczarek, James Buren, Jan Janssen, Jan Macku, Jan Synacek,
531 Jason Francis, Jayanth Ananthapadmanaban, Jeremy Szu, Jérôme Carretero,
532 Jesse Stricker, jiangchuangang, Joerg Behrmann, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
533 Jörg Deckert, Jörg Thalheim, Juergen Hoetzel, Julia Kartseva,
534 Kai-Heng Feng, Khem Raj, KoyamaSohei, laineantti, Lennart Poettering,
535 LetzteInstanz, Luca Adrian L, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Magasweran,
536 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marco Antonio Mauro, Mark Wielaard, Masahiro Matsuya,
537 Matt Johnston, Michael Catanzaro, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár,
538 Mike Crowe, Mike Kazantsev, Milan, Miroslav Suchý, Morten Linderud,
539 nerdopolis, nl6720, Noah Meyerhans, Oleg Popov, Olle Lundberg,
540 Ondrej Kozina, Paweł Marciniak, Perry.Yuan, Peter Hutterer,
541 Peter Kjellerstedt, Peter Morrow, Phaedrus Leeds, plattrap,
542 Raul Tambre, Roman Beranek, Roshan Shariff, Ryan Hendrickson,
543 Samuel BF, scootergrisen, Sebastian Blunt, Seong-ho Cho, Sergey Bugaev,
544 Sevan Janiyan, Sibo Dong, simmon, Simon Watts, Srinidhi Kaushik,
545 Štěpán Němec, Steve Bonds, Susant Sahani, sverdlin, syyhao1994,
546 Takashi Sakamoto, Topi Miettinen, tramsay, Uwe Kleine-König,
547 Viktor Mihajlovski, Vincent Dechenaux, Vito Caputo,
548 William A. Kennington III, Yangyang Shen, Yegor Alexeyev, Yi Gao,
549 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsien, наб
550
551 — Berlin, 2021-07-01
552
553 CHANGES WITH 248:
554
555 * A concept of system extension images is introduced. Such images may
556 be used to extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies at
557 runtime with additional files (even if the file system is read-only).
558 When a system extension image is activated, its /usr/ and /opt/
559 hierarchies and os-release information are combined via overlayfs
560 with the file system hierarchy of the host OS.
561
562 A new systemd-sysext tool can be used to merge, unmerge, list, and
563 refresh system extension hierarchies. See
564 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd-sysext.html.
565
566 The systemd-sysext.service automatically merges installed system
567 extensions during boot (before basic.target, but not in very early
568 boot, since various file systems have to be mounted first).
569
570 The SYSEXT_LEVEL= field in os-release(5) may be used to specify the
571 supported system extension level.
572
573 * A new ExtensionImages= unit setting can be used to apply the same
574 system extension image concept from systemd-sysext to the namespaced
575 file hierarchy of specific services, following the same rules and
576 constraints.
577
578 * Support for a new special "root=tmpfs" kernel command-line option has
579 been added. When specified, a tmpfs is mounted on /, and mount.usr=
580 should be used to point to the operating system implementation.
581
582 * A new configuration file /etc/veritytab may be used to configure
583 dm-verity integrity protection for block devices. Each line is in the
584 format "volume-name data-device hash-device roothash options",
585 similar to /etc/crypttab.
586
587 * A new kernel command-line option systemd.verity.root_options= may be
588 used to configure dm-verity behaviour for the root device.
589
590 * The key file specified in /etc/crypttab (the third field) may now
591 refer to an AF_UNIX/SOCK_STREAM socket in the file system. The key is
592 acquired by connecting to that socket and reading from it. This
593 allows the implementation of a service to provide key information
594 dynamically, at the moment when it is needed.
595
596 * When the hostname is set explicitly to "localhost", systemd-hostnamed
597 will respect this. Previously such a setting would be mostly silently
598 ignored. The goal is to honour configuration as specified by the
599 user.
600
601 * The fallback hostname that will be used by the system manager and
602 systemd-hostnamed can now be configured in two new ways: by setting
603 DEFAULT_HOSTNAME= in os-release(5), or by setting
604 $SYSTEMD_DEFAULT_HOSTNAME in the environment block. As before, it can
605 also be configured during compilation. The environment variable is
606 intended for testing and local overrides, the os-release(5) field is
607 intended to allow customization by different variants of a
608 distribution that share the same compiled packages.
609
610 * The environment block of the manager itself may be configured through
611 a new ManagerEnvironment= setting in system.conf or user.conf. This
612 complements existing ways to set the environment block (the kernel
613 command line for the system manager, the inherited environment and
614 user@.service unit file settings for the user manager).
615
616 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the default hostname and the source of
617 the configured hostname ("static", "transient", or "default") as
618 D-Bus properties.
619
620 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the "HardwareVendor" and
621 "HardwareModel" D-Bus properties, which are supposed to contain a
622 pair of cleaned up, human readable strings describing the system's
623 vendor and model. It's typically sourced from the firmware's DMI
624 tables, but may be augmented from a new hwdb database. hostnamectl
625 shows this in the status output.
626
627 * Support has been added to systemd-cryptsetup for extracting the
628 PKCS#11 token URI and encrypted key from the LUKS2 JSON embedded
629 metadata header. This allows the information how to open the
630 encrypted device to be embedded directly in the device and obviates
631 the need for configuration in an external file.
632
633 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for unlocking LUKS2 volumes using
634 TPM2 hardware, as well as FIDO2 security tokens (in addition to the
635 pre-existing support for PKCS#11 security tokens).
636
637 * systemd-repart may enroll encrypted partitions using TPM2
638 hardware. This may be useful for example to create an encrypted /var
639 partition bound to the machine on first boot.
640
641 * A new systemd-cryptenroll tool has been added to enroll TPM2, FIDO2
642 and PKCS#11 security tokens to LUKS volumes, list and destroy
643 them. See:
644
645 http://0pointer.net/blog/unlocking-luks2-volumes-with-tpm2-fido2-pkcs11-security-hardware-on-systemd-248.html
646
647 It also supports enrolling "recovery keys" and regular passphrases.
648
649 * The libfido2 dependency is now based on dlopen(), so that the library
650 is used at runtime when installed, but is not a hard runtime
651 dependency.
652
653 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for two new options in
654 /etc/crypttab: "no-write-workqueue" and "no-read-workqueue" which
655 request synchronous processing of encryption/decryption IO.
656
657 * The manager may be configured at compile time to use the fexecve()
658 instead of the execve() system call when spawning processes. Using
659 fexecve() closes a window between checking the security context of an
660 executable and spawning it, but unfortunately the kernel displays
661 stale information in the process' "comm" field, which impacts ps
662 output and such.
663
664 * The configuration option -Dcompat-gateway-hostname has been dropped.
665 "_gateway" is now the only supported name.
666
667 * The ConditionSecurity=tpm2 unit file setting may be used to check if
668 the system has at least one TPM2 (tpmrm class) device.
669
670 * A new ConditionCPUFeature= has been added that may be used to
671 conditionalize units based on CPU features. For example,
672 ConditionCPUFeature=rdrand will condition a unit so that it is only
673 run when the system CPU supports the RDRAND opcode.
674
675 * The existing ConditionControlGroupController= setting has been
676 extended with two new values "v1" and "v2". "v2" means that the
677 unified v2 cgroup hierarchy is used, and "v1" means that legacy v1
678 hierarchy or the hybrid hierarchy are used.
679
680 * A new PrivateIPC= setting on a unit file allows executed processes to
681 be moved into a private IPC namespace, with separate System V IPC
682 identifiers and POSIX message queues.
683
684 A new IPCNamespacePath= allows the unit to be joined to an existing
685 IPC namespace.
686
687 * The tables of system calls in seccomp filters are now automatically
688 generated from kernel lists exported on
689 https://fedora.juszkiewicz.com.pl/syscalls.html.
690
691 The following architectures should now have complete lists:
692 alpha, arc, arm64, arm, i386, ia64, m68k, mips64n32, mips64, mipso32,
693 powerpc, powerpc64, s390, s390x, tilegx, sparc, x86_64, x32.
694
695 * The MountAPIVFS= service file setting now additionally mounts a tmpfs
696 on /run/ if it is not already a mount point. A writable /run/ has
697 always been a requirement for a functioning system, but this was not
698 guaranteed when using a read-only image.
699
700 Users can always specify BindPaths= or InaccessiblePaths= as
701 overrides, and they will take precedence. If the host's root mount
702 point is used, there is no change in behaviour.
703
704 * New bind mounts and file system image mounts may be injected into the
705 mount namespace of a service (without restarting it). This is exposed
706 respectively as 'systemctl bind <unit> <path>…' and
707 'systemctl mount-image <unit> <image>…'.
708
709 * The StandardOutput= and StandardError= settings can now specify files
710 to be truncated for output (as "truncate:<path>").
711
712 * The ExecPaths= and NoExecPaths= settings may be used to specify
713 noexec for parts of the file system.
714
715 * sd-bus has a new function sd_bus_open_user_machine() to open a
716 connection to the session bus of a specific user in a local container
717 or on the local host. This is exposed in the existing -M switch to
718 systemctl and similar tools:
719
720 systemctl --user -M lennart@foobar start foo
721
722 This will connect to the user bus of a user "lennart" in container
723 "foobar". If no container name is specified, the specified user on
724 the host itself is connected to
725
726 systemctl --user -M lennart@ start quux
727
728 * sd-bus also gained a convenience function sd_bus_message_send() to
729 simplify invocations of sd_bus_send(), taking only a single
730 parameter: the message to send.
731
732 * sd-event allows rate limits to be set on event sources, for dealing
733 with high-priority event sources that might starve out others. See
734 the new man page sd_event_source_set_ratelimit(3) for details.
735
736 * systemd.link files gained a [Link] Promiscuous= switch, which allows
737 the device to be raised in promiscuous mode.
738
739 New [Link] TransmitQueues= and ReceiveQueues= settings allow the
740 number of TX and RX queues to be configured.
741
742 New [Link] TransmitQueueLength= setting allows the size of the TX
743 queue to be configured.
744
745 New [Link] GenericSegmentOffloadMaxBytes= and
746 GenericSegmentOffloadMaxSegments= allow capping the packet size and
747 the number of segments accepted in Generic Segment Offload.
748
749 * systemd-networkd gained support for the "B.A.T.M.A.N. advanced"
750 wireless routing protocol that operates on ISO/OSI Layer 2 only and
751 uses ethernet frames to route/bridge packets. This encompasses a new
752 "batadv" netdev Type=, a new [BatmanAdvanced] section with a bunch of
753 new settings in .netdev files, and a new BatmanAdvanced= setting in
754 .network files.
755
756 * systemd.network files gained a [Network] RouteTable= configuration
757 switch to select the routing policy table.
758
759 systemd.network files gained a [RoutingPolicyRule] Type=
760 configuration switch (one of "blackhole, "unreachable", "prohibit").
761
762 systemd.network files gained a [IPv6AcceptRA] RouteDenyList= and
763 RouteAllowList= settings to ignore/accept route advertisements from
764 routers matching specified prefixes. The DenyList= setting has been
765 renamed to PrefixDenyList= and a new PrefixAllowList= option has been
766 added.
767
768 systemd.network files gained a [DHCPv6] UseAddress= setting to
769 optionally ignore the address provided in the lease.
770
771 systemd.network files gained a [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation]
772 ManageTemporaryAddress= switch.
773
774 systemd.network files gained a new ActivationPolicy= setting which
775 allows configuring how the UP state of an interface shall be managed,
776 i.e. whether the interface is always upped, always downed, or may be
777 upped/downed by the user using "ip link set dev".
778
779 * The default for the Broadcast= setting in .network files has slightly
780 changed: the broadcast address will not be configured for wireguard
781 devices.
782
783 * systemd.netdev files gained a [VLAN] Protocol=, IngressQOSMaps=,
784 EgressQOSMaps=, and [MACVLAN] BroadcastMulticastQueueLength=
785 configuration options for VLAN packet handling.
786
787 * udev rules may now set log_level= option. This allows debug logs to
788 be enabled for select events, e.g. just for a specific subsystem or
789 even a single device.
790
791 * udev now exports the VOLUME_ID, LOGICAL_VOLUME_ID, VOLUME_SET_ID, and
792 DATA_PREPARED_ID properties for block devices with ISO9660 file
793 systems.
794
795 * udev now exports decoded DMI information about installed memory slots
796 as device properties under the /sys/class/dmi/id/ pseudo device.
797
798 * /dev/ is not mounted noexec anymore. This didn't provide any
799 significant security benefits and would conflict with the executable
800 mappings used with /dev/sgx device nodes. The previous behaviour can
801 be restored for individual services with NoExecPaths=/dev (or by allow-
802 listing and excluding /dev from ExecPaths=).
803
804 * Permissions for /dev/vsock are now set to 0o666, and /dev/vhost-vsock
805 and /dev/vhost-net are owned by the kvm group.
806
807 * The hardware database has been extended with a list of fingerprint
808 readers that correctly support USB auto-suspend using data from
809 libfprint.
810
811 * systemd-resolved can now answer DNSSEC questions through the stub
812 resolver interface in a way that allows local clients to do DNSSEC
813 validation themselves. For a question with DO+CD set, it'll proxy the
814 DNS query and respond with a mostly unmodified packet received from
815 the upstream server.
816
817 * systemd-resolved learnt a new boolean option CacheFromLocalhost= in
818 resolved.conf. If true the service will provide caching even for DNS
819 lookups made to an upstream DNS server on the 127.0.0.1/::1
820 addresses. By default (and when the option is false) systemd-resolved
821 will not cache such lookups, in order to avoid duplicate local
822 caching, under the assumption the local upstream server caches
823 anyway.
824
825 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5001 NSID in its local DNS
826 stub. This may be used by local clients to determine whether they are
827 talking to the DNS resolver stub or a different DNS server.
828
829 * When resolving host names and other records resolvectl will now
830 report where the data was acquired from (i.e. the local cache, the
831 network, locally synthesized, …) and whether the network traffic it
832 effected was encrypted or not. Moreover the tool acquired a number of
833 new options --cache=, --synthesize=, --network=, --zone=,
834 --trust-anchor=, --validate= that take booleans and may be used to
835 tweak a lookup, i.e. whether it may be answered from cached
836 information, locally synthesized information, information acquired
837 through the network, the local mDNS/LLMNR zone, the DNSSEC trust
838 anchor, and whether DNSSEC validation shall be executed for the
839 lookup.
840
841 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ambient-capability= setting
842 (AmbientCapability= in .nspawn files) to configure ambient
843 capabilities passed to the container payload.
844
845 * systemd-nspawn gained the ability to configure the firewall using the
846 nftables subsystem (in addition to the existing iptables
847 support). Similarly, systemd-networkd's IPMasquerade= option now
848 supports nftables as back-end, too. In both cases NAT on IPv6 is now
849 supported too, in addition to IPv4 (the iptables back-end still is
850 IPv4-only).
851
852 "IPMasquerade=yes", which was the same as "IPMasquerade=ipv4" before,
853 retains its meaning, but has been deprecated. Please switch to either
854 "ivp4" or "both" (if covering IPv6 is desired).
855
856 * systemd-importd will now download .verity and .roothash.p7s files
857 along with the machine image (as exposed via machinectl pull-raw).
858
859 * systemd-oomd now gained a new DefaultMemoryPressureDurationSec=
860 setting to configure the time a unit's cgroup needs to exceed memory
861 pressure limits before action will be taken, and a new
862 ManagedOOMPreference=none|avoid|omit setting to avoid killing certain
863 units.
864
865 systemd-oomd is now considered fully supported (the usual
866 backwards-compatiblity promises apply). Swap is not required for
867 operation, but it is still recommended.
868
869 * systemd-timesyncd gained a new ConnectionRetrySec= setting which
870 configures the retry delay when trying to contact servers.
871
872 * systemd-stdio-bridge gained --system/--user options to connect to the
873 system bus (previous default) or the user session bus.
874
875 * systemd-localed may now call locale-gen to generate missing locales
876 on-demand (UTF-8-only). This improves integration with Debian-based
877 distributions (Debian/Ubuntu/PureOS/Tanglu/...) and Arch Linux.
878
879 * systemctl --check-inhibitors=true may now be used to obey inhibitors
880 even when invoked non-interactively. The old --ignore-inhibitors
881 switch is now deprecated and replaced by --check-inhibitors=false.
882
883 * systemctl import-environment will now emit a warning when called
884 without any arguments (i.e. to import the full environment block of
885 the called program). This command will usually be invoked from a
886 shell, which means that it'll inherit a bunch of variables which are
887 specific to that shell, and usually to the TTY the shell is connected
888 to, and don't have any meaning in the global context of the system or
889 user service manager. Instead, only specific variables should be
890 imported into the manager environment block.
891
892 Similarly, programs which update the manager environment block by
893 directly calling the D-Bus API of the manager, should also push
894 specific variables, and not the full inherited environment.
895
896 * systemctl's status output now shows unit state with a more careful
897 choice of Unicode characters: units in maintenance show a "○" symbol
898 instead of the usual "●", failed units show "×", and services being
899 reloaded "↻".
900
901 * coredumpctl gained a --debugger-arguments= switch to pass arguments
902 to the debugger. It also gained support for showing coredump info in
903 a simple JSON format.
904
905 * systemctl/loginctl/machinectl's --signal= option now accept a special
906 value "list", which may be used to show a brief table with known
907 process signals and their numbers.
908
909 * networkctl now shows the link activation policy in status.
910
911 * Various tools gained --pager/--no-pager/--json= switches to
912 enable/disable the pager and provide JSON output.
913
914 * Various tools now accept two new values for the SYSTEMD_COLORS
915 environment variable: "16" and "256", to configure how many terminal
916 colors are used in output.
917
918 * less 568 or newer is now required for the auto-paging logic of the
919 various tools. Hyperlink ANSI sequences in terminal output are now
920 used even if a pager is used, and older versions of less are not able
921 to display these sequences correctly. SYSTEMD_URLIFY=0 may be used to
922 disable this output again.
923
924 * Builds with support for separate / and /usr/ hierarchies ("split-usr"
925 builds, non-merged-usr builds) are now officially deprecated. A
926 warning is emitted during build. Support is slated to be removed in
927 about a year (when the Debian Bookworm release development starts).
928
929 * Systems with the legacy cgroup v1 hierarchy are now marked as
930 "tainted", to make it clearer that using the legacy hierarchy is not
931 recommended.
932
933 * systemd-localed will now refuse to configure a keymap which is not
934 installed in the file system. This is intended as a bug fix, but
935 could break cases where systemd-localed was used to configure the
936 keymap in advanced of it being installed. It is necessary to install
937 the keymap file first.
938
939 * The main git development branch has been renamed to 'main'.
940
941 * mmcblk[0-9]boot[0-9] devices will no longer be probed automatically
942 for partitions, as in the vast majority of cases they contain none
943 and are used internally by the bootloader (eg: uboot).
944
945 * systemd will now set the $SYSTEMD_EXEC_PID environment variable for
946 spawned processes to the PID of the process itself. This may be used
947 by programs for detecting whether they were forked off by the service
948 manager itself or are a process forked off further down the tree.
949
950 * The sd-device API gained four new calls: sd_device_get_action() to
951 determine the uevent add/remove/change/… action the device object has
952 been seen for, sd_device_get_seqno() to determine the uevent sequence
953 number, sd_device_new_from_stat_rdev() to allocate a new sd_device
954 object from stat(2) data of a device node, and sd_device_trigger() to
955 write to the 'uevent' attribute of a device.
956
957 * For most tools the --no-legend= switch has been replaced by
958 --legend=no and --legend=yes, to force whether tables are shown with
959 headers/legends.
960
961 * Units acquired a new property "Markers" that takes a list of zero,
962 one or two of the following strings: "needs-reload" and
963 "needs-restart". These markers may be set via "systemctl
964 set-property". Once a marker is set, "systemctl reload-or-restart
965 --marked" may be invoked to execute the operation the units are
966 marked for. This is useful for package managers that want to mark
967 units for restart/reload while updating, but effect the actual
968 operations at a later step at once.
969
970 * The sd_bus_message_read_strv() API call of sd-bus may now also be
971 used to parse arrays of D-Bus signatures and D-Bus paths, in addition
972 to regular strings.
973
974 * bootctl will now report whether the UEFI firmware used a TPM2 device
975 and measured the boot process into it.
976
977 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt support for a new environment variable
978 $SYSTEMD_TMPFILES_FORCE_SUBVOL which takes a boolean value. If true
979 the v/q/Q lines in tmpfiles.d/ snippets will create btrfs subvolumes
980 even if the root fs of the system is not itself a btrfs volume.
981
982 * systemd-detect-virt/ConditionVirtualization= will now explicitly
983 detect Docker/Podman environments where possible. Moreover, they
984 should be able to generically detect any container manager as long as
985 it assigns the container a cgroup.
986
987 * portablectl gained a new "reattach" verb for detaching/reattaching a
988 portable service image, useful for updating images on-the-fly.
989
990 * Intel SGX enclave device nodes (which expose a security feature of
991 newer Intel CPUs) will now be owned by a new system group "sgx".
992
993 Contributions from: Adam Nielsen, Adrian Vovk, AJ Jordan, Alan Perry,
994 Alastair Pharo, Alexander Batischev, Ali Abdallah, Andrew Balmos,
995 Anita Zhang, Annika Wickert, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Terceiro,
996 Antonius Frie, Ardy, Arian van Putten, Ariel Fermani, Arnaud T,
997 A S Alam, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Björn Daase,
998 caoxia, Carlo Wood, Charles Lee, ChopperRob, chri2, Christian Ehrhardt,
999 Christian Hesse, Christopher Obbard, clayton craft, corvusnix, cprn,
1000 Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek, Dan Sanders, Dan Streetman,
1001 Darren Ng, David Edmundson, David Tardon, Deepak Rawat, Devon Pringle,
1002 Dmitry Borodaenko, dropsignal, Einsler Lee, Endre Szabo,
1003 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Affolter, Fangrui Song, Felipe Borges,
1004 feliperodriguesfr, Felix Stupp, Florian Hülsmann, Florian Klink,
1005 Florian Westphal, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Gablegritule,
1006 Gaël PORTAY, Gaurav, Giedrius Statkevičius, Greg Depoire-Ferrer,
1007 Gustavo Costa, Hans de Goede, Hela Basa, heretoenhance, hide,
1008 Iago López Galeiras, igo95862, Ilya Dmitrichenko, Jameer Pathan,
1009 Jan Tojnar, Jiehong, Jinyuan Si, Joerg Behrmann, John Slade,
1010 Jonathan G. Underwood, Jonathan McDowell, Josh Triplett, Joshua Watt,
1011 Julia Cartwright, Julien Humbert, Kairui Song, Karel Zak,
1012 Kevin Backhouse, Kevin P. Fleming, Khem Raj, Konomi, krissgjeng,
1013 l4gfcm, Lajos Veres, Lennart Poettering, Lincoln Ramsay, Luca Boccassi,
1014 Luca BRUNO, Lucas Werkmeister, Luka Kudra, Luna Jernberg,
1015 Marc-André Lureau, Martin Wilck, Matthias Klumpp, Matt Turner,
1016 Michael Gisbers, Michael Marley, Michael Trapp, Michal Fabik,
1017 Michał Kopeć, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michele Guerini Rocco,
1018 Mike Gilbert, milovlad, moson-mo, Nick, nihilix-melix, Oğuz Ersen,
1019 Ondrej Mosnacek, pali, Pavel Hrdina, Pavel Sapezhko, Perry Yuan,
1020 Peter Hutterer, Pierre Dubouilh, Piotr Drąg, Pjotr Vertaalt,
1021 Richard Laager, RussianNeuroMancer, Sam Lunt, Sebastiaan van Stijn,
1022 Sergey Bugaev, shenyangyang4, simmon, Simonas Kazlauskas,
1023 Slimane Selyan Amiri, Stefan Agner, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani,
1024 Sven Mueller, Tad Fisher, Takashi Iwai, Thomas Haller, Tom Shield,
1025 Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich, tpgxyz, Tyler Hicks, ulf-f,
1026 Ulrich Ölmann, Vincent Pelletier, Vinnie Magro, Vito Caputo, Vlad,
1027 walbit-de, Whired Planck, wouter bolsterlee, Xℹ Ruoyao, Yangyang Shen,
1028 Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
1029 Zmicer Turok, Дамјан Георгиевски
1030
1031 — Berlin, 2021-03-30
1032
1033 CHANGES WITH 247:
1034
1035 * KERNEL API INCOMPATIBILITY: Linux 4.14 introduced two new uevents
1036 "bind" and "unbind" to the Linux device model. When this kernel
1037 change was made, systemd-udevd was only minimally updated to handle
1038 and propagate these new event types. The introduction of these new
1039 uevents (which are typically generated for USB devices and devices
1040 needing a firmware upload before being functional) resulted in a
1041 number of issues which we so far didn't address. We hoped the kernel
1042 maintainers would themselves address these issues in some form, but
1043 that did not happen. To handle them properly, many (if not most) udev
1044 rules files shipped in various packages need updating, and so do many
1045 programs that monitor or enumerate devices with libudev or sd-device,
1046 or otherwise process uevents. Please note that this incompatibility
1047 is not fault of systemd or udev, but caused by an incompatible kernel
1048 change that happened back in Linux 4.14, but is becoming more and
1049 more visible as the new uevents are generated by more kernel drivers.
1050
1051 To minimize issues resulting from this kernel change (but not avoid
1052 them entirely) starting with systemd-udevd 247 the udev "tags"
1053 concept (which is a concept for marking and filtering devices during
1054 enumeration and monitoring) has been reworked: udev tags are now
1055 "sticky", meaning that once a tag is assigned to a device it will not
1056 be removed from the device again until the device itself is removed
1057 (i.e. unplugged). This makes sure that any application monitoring
1058 devices that match a specific tag is guaranteed to both see uevents
1059 where the device starts being relevant, and those where it stops
1060 being relevant (the latter now regularly happening due to the new
1061 "unbind" uevent type). The udev tags concept is hence now a concept
1062 tied to a *device* instead of a device *event* — unlike for example
1063 udev properties whose lifecycle (as before) is generally tied to a
1064 device event, meaning that the previously determined properties are
1065 forgotten whenever a new uevent is processed.
1066
1067 With the newly redefined udev tags concept, sometimes it's necessary
1068 to determine which tags are the ones applied by the most recent
1069 uevent/database update, in order to discern them from those
1070 originating from earlier uevents/database updates of the same
1071 device. To accommodate for this a new automatic property CURRENT_TAGS
1072 has been added that works similar to the existing TAGS property but
1073 only lists tags set by the most recent uevent/database
1074 update. Similarly, the libudev/sd-device API has been updated with
1075 new functions to enumerate these 'current' tags, in addition to the
1076 existing APIs that now enumerate the 'sticky' ones.
1077
1078 To properly handle "bind"/"unbind" on Linux 4.14 and newer it is
1079 essential that all udev rules files and applications are updated to
1080 handle the new events. Specifically:
1081
1082 • All rule files that currently use a header guard similar to
1083 ACTION!="add|change",GOTO="xyz_end" should be updated to use
1084 ACTION=="remove",GOTO="xyz_end" instead, so that the
1085 properties/tags they add are also applied whenever "bind" (or
1086 "unbind") is seen. (This is most important for all physical device
1087 types — those for which "bind" and "unbind" are currently
1088 generated, for all other device types this change is still
1089 recommended but not as important — but certainly prepares for
1090 future kernel uevent type additions).
1091
1092 • Similarly, all code monitoring devices that contains an 'if' branch
1093 discerning the "add" + "change" uevent actions from all other
1094 uevents actions (i.e. considering devices only relevant after "add"
1095 or "change", and irrelevant on all other events) should be reworked
1096 to instead negatively check for "remove" only (i.e. considering
1097 devices relevant after all event types, except for "remove", which
1098 invalidates the device). Note that this also means that devices
1099 should be considered relevant on "unbind", even though conceptually
1100 this — in some form — invalidates the device. Since the precise
1101 effect of "unbind" is not generically defined, devices should be
1102 considered relevant even after "unbind", however I/O errors
1103 accessing the device should then be handled gracefully.
1104
1105 • Any code that uses device tags for deciding whether a device is
1106 relevant or not most likely needs to be updated to use the new
1107 udev_device_has_current_tag() API (or sd_device_has_current_tag()
1108 in case sd-device is used), to check whether the tag is set at the
1109 moment an uevent is seen (as opposed to the existing
1110 udev_device_has_tag() API which checks if the tag ever existed on
1111 the device, following the API concept redefinition explained
1112 above).
1113
1114 We are very sorry for this breakage and the requirement to update
1115 packages using these interfaces. We'd again like to underline that
1116 this is not caused by systemd/udev changes, but result of a kernel
1117 behaviour change.
1118
1119 * UPCOMING INCOMPATIBILITY: So far most downstream distribution
1120 packages have not retriggered devices once the udev package (or any
1121 auxiliary package installing additional udev rules) is updated. We
1122 intend to work with major distributions to change this, so that
1123 "udevadm trigger -a change" is issued on such upgrades, ensuring that
1124 the updated ruleset is applied to the devices already discovered, so
1125 that (asynchronously) after the upgrade completed the udev database
1126 is consistent with the updated rule set. This means udev rules must
1127 be ready to be retriggered with a "change" action any time, and
1128 result in correct and complete udev database entries. While the
1129 majority of udev rule files known to us currently get this right,
1130 some don't. Specifically, there are udev rules files included in
1131 various packages that only set udev properties on the "add" action,
1132 but do not handle the "change" action. If a device matching those
1133 rules is retriggered with the "change" action (as is intended here)
1134 it would suddenly lose the relevant properties. This always has been
1135 problematic, but as soon as all udev devices are triggered on relevant
1136 package upgrades this will become particularly so. It is strongly
1137 recommended to fix offending rules so that they can handle a "change"
1138 action at any time, and acquire all necessary udev properties even
1139 then. Or in other words: the header guard mentioned above
1140 (ACTION=="remove",GOTO="xyz_end") is the correct approach to handle
1141 this, as it makes sure rules are rerun on "change" correctly, and
1142 accumulate the correct and complete set of udev properties. udev rule
1143 definitions that cannot handle "change" events being triggered at
1144 arbitrary times should be considered buggy.
1145
1146 * The MountAPIVFS= service file setting now defaults to on if
1147 RootImage= and RootDirectory= are used, which means that with those
1148 two settings /proc/, /sys/ and /dev/ are automatically properly set
1149 up for services. Previous behaviour may be restored by explicitly
1150 setting MountAPIVFS=off.
1151
1152 * Since PAM 1.2.0 (2015) configuration snippets may be placed in
1153 /usr/lib/pam.d/ in addition to /etc/pam.d/. If a file exists in the
1154 latter it takes precedence over the former, similar to how most of
1155 systemd's own configuration is handled. Given that PAM stack
1156 definitions are primarily put together by OS vendors/distributions
1157 (though possibly overridden by users), this systemd release moves its
1158 own PAM stack configuration for the "systemd-user" PAM service (i.e.
1159 for the PAM session invoked by the per-user user@.service instance)
1160 from /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/. We recommend moving all
1161 packages' vendor versions of their PAM stack definitions from
1162 /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/, but if such OS-wide migration is not
1163 desired the location to which systemd installs its PAM stack
1164 configuration may be changed via the -Dpamconfdir Meson option.
1165
1166 * The runtime dependencies on libqrencode, libpcre2, libidn/libidn2,
1167 libpwquality and libcryptsetup have been changed to be based on
1168 dlopen(): instead of regular dynamic library dependencies declared in
1169 the binary ELF headers, these libraries are now loaded on demand
1170 only, if they are available. If the libraries cannot be found the
1171 relevant operations will fail gracefully, or a suitable fallback
1172 logic is chosen. This is supposed to be useful for general purpose
1173 distributions, as it allows minimizing the list of dependencies the
1174 systemd packages pull in, permitting building of more minimal OS
1175 images, while still making use of these "weak" dependencies should
1176 they be installed. Since many package managers automatically
1177 synthesize package dependencies from ELF shared library dependencies,
1178 some additional manual packaging work has to be done now to replace
1179 those (slightly downgraded from "required" to "recommended" or
1180 whatever is conceptually suitable for the package manager). Note that
1181 this change does not alter build-time behaviour: as before the
1182 build-time dependencies have to be installed during build, even if
1183 they now are optional during runtime.
1184
1185 * sd-event.h gained a new call sd_event_add_time_relative() for
1186 installing timers relative to the current time. This is mostly a
1187 convenience wrapper around the pre-existing sd_event_add_time() call
1188 which installs absolute timers.
1189
1190 * sd-event event sources may now be placed in a new "exit-on-failure"
1191 mode, which may be controlled via the new
1192 sd_event_source_get_exit_on_failure() and
1193 sd_event_source_set_exit_on_failure() functions. If enabled, any
1194 failure returned by the event source handler functions will result in
1195 exiting the event loop (unlike the default behaviour of just
1196 disabling the event source but continuing with the event loop). This
1197 feature is useful to set for all event sources that define "primary"
1198 program behaviour (where failure should be fatal) in contrast to
1199 "auxiliary" behaviour (where failure should remain local).
1200
1201 * Most event source types sd-event supports now accept a NULL handler
1202 function, in which case the event loop is exited once the event
1203 source is to be dispatched, using the userdata pointer — converted to
1204 a signed integer — as exit code of the event loop. Previously this
1205 was supported for IO and signal event sources already. Exit event
1206 sources still do not support this (simply because it makes little
1207 sense there, as the event loop is already exiting when they are
1208 dispatched).
1209
1210 * A new per-unit setting RootImageOptions= has been added which allows
1211 tweaking the mount options for any file system mounted as effect of
1212 the RootImage= setting.
1213
1214 * Another new per-unit setting MountImages= has been added, that allows
1215 mounting additional disk images into the file system tree accessible
1216 to the service.
1217
1218 * Timer units gained a new FixedRandomDelay= boolean setting. If
1219 enabled, the random delay configured with RandomizedDelaySec= is
1220 selected in a way that is stable on a given system (though still
1221 different for different units).
1222
1223 * Socket units gained a new setting Timestamping= that takes "us", "ns"
1224 or "off". This controls the SO_TIMESTAMP/SO_TIMESTAMPNS socket
1225 options.
1226
1227 * systemd-repart now generates JSON output when requested with the new
1228 --json= switch.
1229
1230 * systemd-machined's OpenMachineShell() bus call will now pass
1231 additional policy metadata data fields to the PolicyKit
1232 authentication request.
1233
1234 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new -E switch, which is equivalent to
1235 --exclude-prefix=/dev --exclude-prefix=/proc --exclude=/run
1236 --exclude=/sys. It's particularly useful in combination with --root=,
1237 when operating on OS trees that do not have any of these four runtime
1238 directories mounted, as this means no files below these subtrees are
1239 created or modified, since those mount points should probably remain
1240 empty.
1241
1242 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --image= switch which is like --root=,
1243 but takes a disk image instead of a directory as argument. The
1244 specified disk image is mounted inside a temporary mount namespace
1245 and the tmpfiles.d/ drop-ins stored in the image are executed and
1246 applied to the image. systemd-sysusers similarly gained a new
1247 --image= switch, that allows the sysusers.d/ drop-ins stored in the
1248 image to be applied onto the image.
1249
1250 * Similarly, the journalctl command also gained an --image= switch,
1251 which is a quick one-step solution to look at the log data included
1252 in OS disk images.
1253
1254 * journalctl's --output=cat option (which outputs the log content
1255 without any metadata, just the pure text messages) will now make use
1256 of terminal colors when run on a suitable terminal, similarly to the
1257 other output modes.
1258
1259 * JSON group records now support a "description" string that may be
1260 used to add a human-readable textual description to such groups. This
1261 is supposed to match the user's GECOS field which traditionally
1262 didn't have a counterpart for group records.
1263
1264 * The "systemd-dissect" tool that may be used to inspect OS disk images
1265 and that was previously installed to /usr/lib/systemd/ has now been
1266 moved to /usr/bin/, reflecting its updated status of an officially
1267 supported tool with a stable interface. It gained support for a new
1268 --mkdir switch which when combined with --mount has the effect of
1269 creating the directory to mount the image to if it is missing
1270 first. It also gained two new commands --copy-from and --copy-to for
1271 copying files and directories in and out of an OS image without the
1272 need to manually mount it. It also acquired support for a new option
1273 --json= to generate JSON output when inspecting an OS image.
1274
1275 * The cgroup2 file system is now mounted with the
1276 "memory_recursiveprot" mount option, supported since kernel 5.7. This
1277 means that the MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= unit file settings now apply
1278 recursively to whole subtrees.
1279
1280 * systemd-homed now defaults to using the btrfs file system — if
1281 available — when creating home directories in LUKS volumes. This may
1282 be changed with the DefaultFileSystemType= setting in homed.conf.
1283 It's now the default file system in various major distributions and
1284 has the major benefit for homed that it can be grown and shrunk while
1285 mounted, unlike the other contenders ext4 and xfs, which can both be
1286 grown online, but not shrunk (in fact xfs is the technically most
1287 limited option here, as it cannot be shrunk at all).
1288
1289 * JSON user records managed by systemd-homed gained support for
1290 "recovery keys". These are basically secondary passphrases that can
1291 unlock user accounts/home directories. They are computer-generated
1292 rather than user-chosen, and typically have greater entropy.
1293 homectl's --recovery-key= option may be used to add a recovery key to
1294 a user account. The generated recovery key is displayed as a QR code,
1295 so that it can be scanned to be kept in a safe place. This feature is
1296 particularly useful in combination with systemd-homed's support for
1297 FIDO2 or PKCS#11 authentication, as a secure fallback in case the
1298 security tokens are lost. Recovery keys may be entered wherever the
1299 system asks for a password.
1300
1301 * systemd-homed now maintains a "dirty" flag for each LUKS encrypted
1302 home directory which indicates that a home directory has not been
1303 deactivated cleanly when offline. This flag is useful to identify
1304 home directories for which the offline discard logic did not run when
1305 offlining, and where it would be a good idea to log in again to catch
1306 up.
1307
1308 * systemctl gained a new parameter --timestamp= which may be used to
1309 change the style in which timestamps are output, i.e. whether to show
1310 them in local timezone or UTC, or whether to show µs granularity.
1311
1312 * Alibaba's "pouch" container manager is now detected by
1313 systemd-detect-virt, ConditionVirtualization= and similar
1314 constructs. Similar, they now also recognize IBM PowerVM machine
1315 virtualization.
1316
1317 * systemd-nspawn has been reworked to use the /run/host/incoming/ as
1318 place to use for propagating external mounts into the
1319 container. Similarly /run/host/notify is now used as the socket path
1320 for container payloads to communicate with the container manager
1321 using sd_notify(). The container manager now uses the
1322 /run/host/inaccessible/ directory to place "inaccessible" file nodes
1323 of all relevant types which may be used by the container payload as
1324 bind mount source to over-mount inodes to make them inaccessible.
1325 /run/host/container-manager will now be initialized with the same
1326 string as the $container environment variable passed to the
1327 container's PID 1. /run/host/container-uuid will be initialized with
1328 the same string as $container_uuid. This means the /run/host/
1329 hierarchy is now the primary way to make host resources available to
1330 the container. The Container Interface documents these new files and
1331 directories:
1332
1333 https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE
1334
1335 * Support for the "ConditionNull=" unit file condition has been
1336 deprecated and undocumented for 6 years. systemd started to warn
1337 about its use 1.5 years ago. It has now been removed entirely.
1338
1339 * sd-bus.h gained a new API call sd_bus_error_has_names(), which takes
1340 a sd_bus_error struct and a list of error names, and checks if the
1341 error matches one of these names. It's a convenience wrapper that is
1342 useful in cases where multiple errors shall be handled the same way.
1343
1344 * A new system call filter list "@known" has been added, that contains
1345 all system calls known at the time systemd was built.
1346
1347 * Behaviour of system call filter allow lists has changed slightly:
1348 system calls that are contained in @known will result in EPERM by
1349 default, while those not contained in it result in ENOSYS. This
1350 should improve compatibility because known system calls will thus be
1351 communicated as prohibited, while unknown (and thus newer ones) will
1352 be communicated as not implemented, which hopefully has the greatest
1353 chance of triggering the right fallback code paths in client
1354 applications.
1355
1356 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now show two separate sections
1357 at the bottom of the output: system calls known during systemd build
1358 time but not included in any of the filter groups shown above, and
1359 system calls defined on the local kernel but known during systemd
1360 build time.
1361
1362 * If the $SYSTEMD_LOG_SECCOMP=1 environment variable is set for
1363 systemd-nspawn all system call filter violations will be logged by
1364 the kernel (audit). This is useful for tracking down system calls
1365 invoked by container payloads that are prohibited by the container's
1366 system call filter policy.
1367
1368 * If the $SYSTEMD_SECCOMP=0 environment variable is set for
1369 systemd-nspawn (and other programs that use seccomp) all seccomp
1370 filtering is turned off.
1371
1372 * Two new unit file settings ProtectProc= and ProcSubset= have been
1373 added that expose the hidepid= and subset= mount options of procfs.
1374 All processes of the unit will only see processes in /proc that are
1375 are owned by the unit's user. This is an important new sandboxing
1376 option that is recommended to be set on all system services. All
1377 long-running system services that are included in systemd itself set
1378 this option now. This option is only supported on kernel 5.8 and
1379 above, since the hidepid= option supported on older kernels was not a
1380 per-mount option but actually applied to the whole PID namespace.
1381
1382 * Socket units gained a new boolean setting FlushPending=. If enabled
1383 all pending socket data/connections are flushed whenever the socket
1384 unit enters the "listening" state, i.e. after the associated service
1385 exited.
1386
1387 * The unit file setting NUMAMask= gained a new "all" value: when used,
1388 all existing NUMA nodes are added to the NUMA mask.
1389
1390 * A new "credentials" logic has been added to system services. This is
1391 a simple mechanism to pass privileged data to services in a safe and
1392 secure way. It's supposed to be used to pass per-service secret data
1393 such as passwords or cryptographic keys but also associated less
1394 private information such as user names, certificates, and similar to
1395 system services. Each credential is identified by a short user-chosen
1396 name and may contain arbitrary binary data. Two new unit file
1397 settings have been added: SetCredential= and LoadCredential=. The
1398 former allows setting a credential to a literal string, the latter
1399 sets a credential to the contents of a file (or data read from a
1400 user-chosen AF_UNIX stream socket). Credentials are passed to the
1401 service via a special credentials directory, one file for each
1402 credential. The path to the credentials directory is passed in a new
1403 $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY environment variable. Since the credentials
1404 are passed in the file system they may be easily referenced in
1405 ExecStart= command lines too, thus no explicit support for the
1406 credentials logic in daemons is required (though ideally daemons
1407 would look for the bits they need in $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY
1408 themselves automatically, if set). The $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY is
1409 backed by unswappable memory if privileges allow it, immutable if
1410 privileges allow it, is accessible only to the service's UID, and is
1411 automatically destroyed when the service stops.
1412
1413 * systemd-nspawn supports the same credentials logic. It can both
1414 consume credentials passed to it via the aforementioned
1415 $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY protocol as well as pass these credentials on
1416 to its payload. The service manager/PID 1 has been updated to match
1417 this: it can also accept credentials from the container manager that
1418 invokes it (in fact: any process that invokes it), and passes them on
1419 to its services. Thus, credentials can be propagated recursively down
1420 the tree: from a system's service manager to a systemd-nspawn
1421 service, to the service manager that runs as container payload and to
1422 the service it runs below. Credentials may also be added on the
1423 systemd-nspawn command line, using new --set-credential= and
1424 --load-credential= command line switches that match the
1425 aforementioned service settings.
1426
1427 * systemd-repart gained new settings Format=, Encrypt=, CopyFiles= in
1428 the partition drop-ins which may be used to format/LUKS
1429 encrypt/populate any created partitions. The partitions are
1430 encrypted/formatted/populated before they are registered in the
1431 partition table, so that they appear atomically: either the
1432 partitions do not exist yet or they exist fully encrypted, formatted,
1433 and populated — there is no time window where they are
1434 "half-initialized". Thus the system is robust to abrupt shutdown: if
1435 the tool is terminated half-way during its operations on next boot it
1436 will start from the beginning.
1437
1438 * systemd-repart's --size= operation gained a new "auto" value. If
1439 specified, and operating on a loopback file it is automatically sized
1440 to the minimal size the size constraints permit. This is useful to
1441 use "systemd-repart" as an image builder for minimally sized images.
1442
1443 * systemd-resolved now gained a third IPC interface for requesting name
1444 resolution: besides D-Bus and local DNS to 127.0.0.53 a Varlink
1445 interface is now supported. The nss-resolve NSS module has been
1446 modified to use this new interface instead of D-Bus. Using Varlink
1447 has a major benefit over D-Bus: it works without a broker service,
1448 and thus already during earliest boot, before the dbus daemon has
1449 been started. This means name resolution via systemd-resolved now
1450 works at the same time systemd-networkd operates: from earliest boot
1451 on, including in the initrd.
1452
1453 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new DNSStubListenerExtra=
1454 configuration file setting which may be used to specify additional IP
1455 addresses the built-in DNS stub shall listen on, in addition to the
1456 main one on 127.0.0.53:53.
1457
1458 * Name lookups issued via systemd-resolved's D-Bus and Varlink
1459 interfaces (and thus also via glibc NSS if nss-resolve is used) will
1460 now honour a trailing dot in the hostname: if specified the search
1461 path logic is turned off. Thus "resolvectl query foo." is now
1462 equivalent to "resolvectl query --search=off foo.".
1463
1464 * systemd-resolved gained a new D-Bus property "ResolvConfMode" that
1465 exposes how /etc/resolv.conf is currently managed: by resolved (and
1466 in which mode if so) or another subsystem. "resolvctl" will display
1467 this property in its status output.
1468
1469 * The resolv.conf snippets systemd-resolved provides will now set "."
1470 as the search domain if no other search domain is known. This turns
1471 off the derivation of an implicit search domain by nss-dns for the
1472 hostname, when the hostname is set to an FQDN. This change is done to
1473 make nss-dns using resolv.conf provided by systemd-resolved behave
1474 more similarly to nss-resolve.
1475
1476 * systemd-tmpfiles' file "aging" logic (i.e. the automatic clean-up of
1477 /tmp/ and /var/tmp/ based on file timestamps) now looks at the
1478 "birth" time (btime) of a file in addition to the atime, mtime, and
1479 ctime.
1480
1481 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "capability" that lists all known
1482 capabilities by the systemd build and by the kernel.
1483
1484 * If a file /usr/lib/clock-epoch exists, PID 1 will read its mtime and
1485 advance the system clock to it at boot if it is noticed to be before
1486 that time. Previously, PID 1 would only advance the time to an epoch
1487 time that is set during build-time. With this new file OS builders
1488 can change this epoch timestamp on individual OS images without
1489 having to rebuild systemd.
1490
1491 * systemd-logind will now listen to the KEY_RESTART key from the Linux
1492 input layer and reboot the system if it is pressed, similarly to how
1493 it already handles KEY_POWER, KEY_SUSPEND or KEY_SLEEP. KEY_RESTART
1494 was originally defined in the Multimedia context (to restart playback
1495 of a song or film), but is now primarily used in various embedded
1496 devices for "Reboot" buttons. Accordingly, systemd-logind will now
1497 honour it as such. This may configured in more detail via the new
1498 HandleRebootKey= and RebootKeyIgnoreInhibited=.
1499
1500 * systemd-nspawn/systemd-machined will now reconstruct hardlinks when
1501 copying OS trees, for example in "systemd-nspawn --ephemeral",
1502 "systemd-nspawn --template=", "machinectl clone" and similar. This is
1503 useful when operating with OSTree images, which use hardlinks heavily
1504 throughout, and where such copies previously resulting in "exploding"
1505 hardlinks.
1506
1507 * systemd-nspawn's --console= setting gained support for a new
1508 "autopipe" value, which is identical to "interactive" when invoked on
1509 a TTY, and "pipe" otherwise.
1510
1511 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for explicitly
1512 configuring the multicast membership entries of bridge devices in the
1513 [BridgeMDB] section. It also gained support for the PIE queuing
1514 discipline in the [FlowQueuePIE] sections.
1515
1516 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files may now be used to create "BareUDP"
1517 tunnels, configured in the new [BareUDP] setting.
1518
1519 * systemd-networkd's Gateway= setting in .network files now accepts the
1520 special values "_dhcp4" and "_ipv6ra" to configure additional,
1521 locally defined, explicit routes to the gateway acquired via DHCP or
1522 IPv6 Router Advertisements. The old setting "_dhcp" is deprecated,
1523 but still accepted for backwards compatibility.
1524
1525 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6PrefixDelegation] section and
1526 IPv6PrefixDelegation= options have been renamed as [IPv6SendRA] and
1527 IPv6SendRA= (the old names are still accepted for backwards
1528 compatibility).
1529
1530 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained the DHCPv6PrefixDelegation=
1531 boolean setting in [Network] section. If enabled, the delegated prefix
1532 gained by another link will be configured, and an address within the
1533 prefix will be assigned.
1534
1535 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained the Announce= boolean setting
1536 in [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] section. When enabled, the delegated
1537 prefix will be announced through IPv6 router advertisement (IPv6 RA).
1538 The setting is enabled by default.
1539
1540 * VXLAN tunnels may now be marked as independent of any underlying
1541 network interface via the new Independent= boolean setting.
1542
1543 * systemctl gained support for two new verbs: "service-log-level" and
1544 "service-log-target" may be used on services that implement the
1545 generic org.freedesktop.LogControl1 D-Bus interface to dynamically
1546 adjust the log level and target. All of systemd's long-running
1547 services support this now, but ideally all system services would
1548 implement this interface to make the system more uniformly
1549 debuggable.
1550
1551 * The SystemCallErrorNumber= unit file setting now accepts the new
1552 "kill" and "log" actions, in addition to arbitrary error number
1553 specifications as before. If "kill" the processes are killed on the
1554 event, if "log" the offending system call is audit logged.
1555
1556 * A new SystemCallLog= unit file setting has been added that accepts a
1557 list of system calls that shall be logged about (audit).
1558
1559 * The OS image dissection logic (as used by RootImage= in unit files or
1560 systemd-nspawn's --image= switch) has gained support for identifying
1561 and mounting explicit /usr/ partitions, which are now defined in the
1562 discoverable partition specification. This should be useful for
1563 environments where the root file system is
1564 generated/formatted/populated dynamically on first boot and combined
1565 with an immutable /usr/ tree that is supplied by the vendor.
1566
1567 * In the final phase of shutdown, within the systemd-shutdown binary
1568 we'll now try to detach MD devices (i.e software RAID) in addition to
1569 loopback block devices and DM devices as before. This is supposed to
1570 be a safety net only, in order to increase robustness if things go
1571 wrong. Storage subsystems are expected to properly detach their
1572 storage volumes during regular shutdown already (or in case of
1573 storage backing the root file system: in the initrd hook we return to
1574 later).
1575
1576 * If the SYSTEMD_LOG_TID environment variable is set all systemd tools
1577 will now log the thread ID in their log output. This is useful when
1578 working with heavily threaded programs.
1579
1580 * If the SYSTEMD_RDRAND environment variable is set to "0", systemd will
1581 not use the RDRAND CPU instruction. This is useful in environments
1582 such as replay debuggers where non-deterministic behaviour is not
1583 desirable.
1584
1585 * The autopaging logic in systemd's various tools (such as systemctl)
1586 has been updated to turn on "secure" mode in "less"
1587 (i.e. $LESSECURE=1) if execution in a "sudo" environment is
1588 detected. This disables invoking external programs from the pager,
1589 via the pipe logic. This behaviour may be overridden via the new
1590 $SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE environment variable.
1591
1592 * Units which have resource limits (.service, .mount, .swap, .slice,
1593 .socket, and .slice) gained new configuration settings
1594 ManagedOOMSwap=, ManagedOOMMemoryPressure=, and
1595 ManagedOOMMemoryPressureLimitPercent= that specify resource pressure
1596 limits and optional action taken by systemd-oomd.
1597
1598 * A new service systemd-oomd has been added. It monitors resource
1599 contention for selected parts of the unit hierarchy using the PSI
1600 information reported by the kernel, and kills processes when memory
1601 or swap pressure is above configured limits. This service is only
1602 enabled by default in developer mode (see below) and should be
1603 considered a preview in this release. Behaviour details and option
1604 names are subject to change without the usual backwards-compatibility
1605 promises.
1606
1607 * A new helper oomctl has been added to introspect systemd-oomd state.
1608 It is only enabled by default in developer mode and should be
1609 considered a preview without the usual backwards-compatibility
1610 promises.
1611
1612 * New meson option -Dcompat-mutable-uid-boundaries= has been added. If
1613 enabled, systemd reads the system UID boundaries from /etc/login.defs
1614 at runtime, instead of using the built-in values selected during
1615 build. This is an option to improve compatibility for upgrades from
1616 old systems. It's strongly recommended not to make use of this
1617 functionality on new systems (or even enable it during build), as it
1618 makes something runtime-configurable that is mostly an implementation
1619 detail of the OS, and permits avoidable differences in deployments
1620 that create all kinds of problems in the long run.
1621
1622 * New meson option '-Dmode=developer|release' has been added. When
1623 'developer', additional checks and features are enabled that are
1624 relevant during upstream development, e.g. verification that
1625 semi-automatically-generated documentation has been properly updated
1626 following API changes. Those checks are considered hints for
1627 developers and are not actionable in downstream builds. In addition,
1628 extra features that are not ready for general consumption may be
1629 enabled in developer mode. It is thus recommended to set
1630 '-Dmode=release' in end-user and distro builds.
1631
1632 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for processing detached LUKS
1633 headers specified on the kernel command line via the header=
1634 parameter of the luks.options= kernel command line option. The same
1635 device/path syntax as for key files is supported for header files
1636 like this.
1637
1638 * The "net_id" built-in of udev has been updated to ignore ACPI _SUN
1639 slot index data for devices that are connected through a PCI bridge
1640 where the _SUN index is associated with the bridge instead of the
1641 network device itself. Previously this would create ambiguous device
1642 naming if multiple network interfaces were connected to the same PCI
1643 bridge. Since this is a naming scheme incompatibility on systems that
1644 possess hardware like this it has been introduced as new naming
1645 scheme "v247". The previous scheme can be selected via the
1646 "net.naming-scheme=v245" kernel command line parameter.
1647
1648 * ConditionFirstBoot= semantics have been modified to be safe towards
1649 abnormal system power-off during first boot. Specifically, the
1650 "systemd-machine-id-commit.service" service now acts as boot
1651 milestone indicating when the first boot process is sufficiently
1652 complete in order to not consider the next following boot also a
1653 first boot. If the system is reset before this unit is reached the
1654 first time, the next boot will still be considered a first boot; once
1655 it has been reached, no further boots will be considered a first
1656 boot. The "first-boot-complete.target" unit now acts as official hook
1657 point to order against this. If a service shall be run on every boot
1658 until the first boot fully succeeds it may thus be ordered before
1659 this target unit (and pull it in) and carry ConditionFirstBoot=
1660 appropriately.
1661
1662 * bootctl's set-default and set-oneshot commands now accept the three
1663 special strings "@default", "@oneshot", "@current" in place of a boot
1664 entry id. These strings are resolved to the current default and
1665 oneshot boot loader entry, as well as the currently booted one. Thus
1666 a command "bootctl set-default @current" may be used to make the
1667 currently boot menu item the new default for all subsequent boots.
1668
1669 * "systemctl edit" has been updated to show the original effective unit
1670 contents in commented form in the text editor.
1671
1672 * Units in user mode are now segregated into three new slices:
1673 session.slice (units that form the core of graphical session),
1674 app.slice ("normal" user applications), and background.slice
1675 (low-priority tasks). Unless otherwise configured, user units are
1676 placed in app.slice. The plan is to add resource limits and
1677 protections for the different slices in the future.
1678
1679 * New GPT partition types for RISCV32/64 for the root and /usr
1680 partitions, and their associated Verity partitions have been defined,
1681 and are now understood by systemd-gpt-auto-generator, and the OS
1682 image dissection logic.
1683
1684 Contributions from: Adolfo Jayme Barrientos, afg, Alec Moskvin, Alyssa
1685 Ross, Amitanand Chikorde, Andrew Hangsleben, Anita Zhang, Ansgar
1686 Burchardt, Arian van Putten, Aurelien Jarno, Axel Rasmussen, bauen1,
1687 Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Bjørn Mork, brainrom, Chandradeep
1688 Dey, Charles Lee, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christof Efkemann,
1689 Christoph Ruegge, Clemens Gruber, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel
1690 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov,
1691 Dmitry Borodaenko, Elias Probst, Elisei Roca, ErrantSpore, Etienne
1692 Doms, Fabrice Fontaine, fangxiuning, Felix Riemann, Florian Klink,
1693 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, fwSmit, George Rawlinson, germanztz,
1694 Gibeom Gwon, Glen Whitney, Gogo Gogsi, Göran Uddeborg, Grant Mathews,
1695 Hans de Goede, Hans Ulrich Niedermann, Haochen Tong, Harald Seiler,
1696 huangyong, Hubert Kario, igo95862, Ikey Doherty, Insun Pyo, Jan Chren,
1697 Jan Schlüter, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jian-Hong Pan, Joerg Behrmann, Jonathan
1698 Lebon, Jörg Thalheim, Josh Brobst, Juergen Hoetzel, Julien Humbert,
1699 Kai-Chuan Hsieh, Kairui Song, Kamil Dudka, Kir Kolyshkin, Kristijan
1700 Gjoshev, Kyle Huey, Kyle Russell, Lee Whalen, Lennart Poettering,
1701 lichangze, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Weiss, Marc
1702 Kleine-Budde, Marco Wang, Martin Wilck, Marti Raudsepp, masmullin2000,
1703 Máté Pozsgay, Matt Fenwick, Michael Biebl, Michael Scherer, Michal
1704 Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mikael Szreder, Milo
1705 Casagrande, mirabilos, Mitsuha_QuQ, mog422, Muhammet Kara, Nazar
1706 Vinnichuk, Nicholas Narsing, Nicolas Fella, Njibhu, nl6720, Oğuz Ersen,
1707 Olivier Le Moal, Ondrej Kozina, onlybugreports, Pass Automated Testing
1708 Suite, Pat Coulthard, Pavel Sapezhko, Pedro Ruiz, perry_yuan, Peter
1709 Hutterer, Phaedrus Leeds, PhoenixDiscord, Piotr Drąg, Plan C,
1710 Purushottam choudhary, Rasmus Villemoes, Renaud Métrich, Robert Marko,
1711 Roman Beranek, Ronan Pigott, Roy Chen (陳彥廷), RussianNeuroMancer,
1712 Samanta Navarro, Samuel BF, scootergrisen, Sorin Ionescu, Steve Dodd,
1713 Susant Sahani, Timo Rothenpieler, Tobias Hunger, Tobias Kaufmann, Topi
1714 Miettinen, vanou, Vito Caputo, Weblate, Wen Yang, Whired Planck,
1715 williamvds, Yu, Li-Yu, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
1716 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zmicer Turok, Дамјан Георгиевски
1717
1718 – Warsaw, 2020-11-26
1719
1720 CHANGES WITH 246:
1721
1722 * The service manager gained basic support for cgroup v2 freezer. Units
1723 can now be suspended or resumed either using new systemctl verbs,
1724 freeze and thaw respectively, or via D-Bus.
1725
1726 * PID 1 may now automatically load pre-compiled AppArmor policies from
1727 /etc/apparmor/earlypolicy during early boot.
1728
1729 * The CPUAffinity= setting in service unit files now supports a new
1730 special value "numa" that causes the CPU affinity masked to be set
1731 based on the NUMA mask.
1732
1733 * systemd will now log about all left-over processes remaining in a
1734 unit when the unit is stopped. It will now warn about services using
1735 KillMode=none, as this is generally an unsafe thing to make use of.
1736
1737 * Two new unit file settings
1738 ConditionPathIsEncrypted=/AssertPathIsEncrypted= have been
1739 added. They may be used to check whether a specific file system path
1740 resides on a block device that is encrypted on the block level
1741 (i.e. using dm-crypt/LUKS).
1742
1743 * Another pair of new settings ConditionEnvironment=/AssertEnvironment=
1744 has been added that may be used for simple environment checks. This
1745 is particularly useful when passing in environment variables from a
1746 container manager (or from PAM in case of the systemd --user
1747 instance).
1748
1749 * .service unit files now accept a new setting CoredumpFilter= which
1750 allows configuration of the memory sections coredumps of the
1751 service's processes shall include.
1752
1753 * .mount units gained a new ReadWriteOnly= boolean option. If set
1754 it will not be attempted to mount a file system read-only if mounting
1755 in read-write mode doesn't succeed. An option x-systemd.rw-only is
1756 available in /etc/fstab to control the same.
1757
1758 * .socket units gained a new boolean setting PassPacketInfo=. If
1759 enabled, the kernel will attach additional per-packet metadata to all
1760 packets read from the socket, as an ancillary message. This controls
1761 the IP_PKTINFO, IPV6_RECVPKTINFO, NETLINK_PKTINFO socket options,
1762 depending on socket type.
1763
1764 * .service units gained a new setting RootHash= which may be used to
1765 specify the root hash for verity enabled disk images which are
1766 specified in RootImage=. RootVerity= may be used to specify a path to
1767 the Verity data matching a RootImage= file system. (The latter is
1768 only useful for images that do not contain the Verity data embedded
1769 into the same image that carries a GPT partition table following the
1770 Discoverable Partition Specification). Similarly, systemd-nspawn
1771 gained a new switch --verity-data= that takes a path to a file with
1772 the verity data of the disk image supplied in --image=, if the image
1773 doesn't contain the verity data itself.
1774
1775 * .service units gained a new setting RootHashSignature= which takes
1776 either a base64 encoded PKCS#7 signature of the root hash specified
1777 with RootHash=, or a path to a file to read the signature from. This
1778 allows validation of the root hash against public keys available in
1779 the kernel keyring, and is only supported on recent kernels
1780 (>= 5.4)/libcryptsetup (>= 2.30). A similar switch has been added to
1781 systemd-nspawn and systemd-dissect (--root-hash-sig=). Support for
1782 this mechanism has also been added to systemd-veritysetup.
1783
1784 * .service unit files gained two new options
1785 TimeoutStartFailureMode=/TimeoutStopFailureMode= that may be used to
1786 tune behaviour if a start or stop timeout is hit, i.e. whether to
1787 terminate the service with SIGTERM, SIGABRT or SIGKILL.
1788
1789 * Most options in systemd that accept hexadecimal values prefixed with
1790 0x in additional to the usual decimal notation now also support octal
1791 notation when the 0o prefix is used and binary notation if the 0b
1792 prefix is used.
1793
1794 * Various command line parameters and configuration file settings that
1795 configure key or certificate files now optionally take paths to
1796 AF_UNIX sockets in the file system. If configured that way a stream
1797 connection is made to the socket and the required data read from
1798 it. This is a simple and natural extension to the existing regular
1799 file logic, and permits other software to provide keys or
1800 certificates via simple IPC services, for example when unencrypted
1801 storage on disk is not desired. Specifically, systemd-networkd's
1802 Wireguard and MACSEC key file settings as well as
1803 systemd-journal-gatewayd's and systemd-journal-remote's PEM
1804 key/certificate parameters support this now.
1805
1806 * Unit files, tmpfiles.d/ snippets, sysusers.d/ snippets and other
1807 configuration files that support specifier expansion learnt six new
1808 specifiers: %a resolves to the current architecture, %o/%w/%B/%W
1809 resolve to the various ID fields from /etc/os-release, %l resolves to
1810 the "short" hostname of the system, i.e. the hostname configured in
1811 the kernel truncated at the first dot.
1812
1813 * Support for the .include syntax in unit files has been removed. The
1814 concept has been obsolete for 6 years and we started warning about
1815 its pending removal 2 years ago (also see NEWS file below). It's
1816 finally gone now.
1817
1818 * StandardError= and StandardOutput= in unit files no longer support
1819 the "syslog" and "syslog-console" switches. They were long removed
1820 from the documentation, but will now result in warnings when used,
1821 and be converted to "journal" and "journal+console" automatically.
1822
1823 * If the service setting User= is set to the "nobody" user, a warning
1824 message is now written to the logs (but the value is nonetheless
1825 accepted). Setting User=nobody is unsafe, since the primary purpose
1826 of the "nobody" user is to own all files whose owner cannot be mapped
1827 locally. It's in particular used by the NFS subsystem and in user
1828 namespacing. By running a service under this user's UID it might get
1829 read and even write access to all these otherwise unmappable files,
1830 which is quite likely a major security problem.
1831
1832 * tmpfs mounts automatically created by systemd (/tmp, /run, /dev/shm,
1833 and others) now have a size and inode limits applied (50% of RAM for
1834 /tmp and /dev/shm, 10% of RAM for other mounts, etc.). Please note
1835 that the implicit kernel default is 50% too, so there is no change
1836 in the size limit for /tmp and /dev/shm.
1837
1838 * nss-mymachines lost support for resolution of users and groups, and
1839 now only does resolution of hostnames. This functionality is now
1840 provided by nss-systemd. Thus, the 'mymachines' entry should be
1841 removed from the 'passwd:' and 'group:' lines in /etc/nsswitch.conf
1842 (and 'systemd' added if it is not already there).
1843
1844 * A new kernel command line option systemd.hostname= has been added
1845 that allows controlling the hostname that is initialized early during
1846 boot.
1847
1848 * A kernel command line option "udev.blockdev_read_only" has been
1849 added. If specified all hardware block devices that show up are
1850 immediately marked as read-only by udev. This option is useful for
1851 making sure that a specific boot under no circumstances modifies data
1852 on disk. Use "blockdev --setrw" to undo the effect of this, per
1853 device.
1854
1855 * A new boolean kernel command line option systemd.swap= has been
1856 added, which may be used to turn off automatic activation of swap
1857 devices listed in /etc/fstab.
1858
1859 * New kernel command line options systemd.condition-needs-update= and
1860 systemd.condition-first-boot= have been added, which override the
1861 result of the ConditionNeedsUpdate= and ConditionFirstBoot=
1862 conditions.
1863
1864 * A new kernel command line option systemd.clock-usec= has been added
1865 that allows setting the system clock to the specified time in µs
1866 since Jan 1st, 1970 early during boot. This is in particular useful
1867 in order to make test cases more reliable.
1868
1869 * The fs.suid_dumpable sysctl is set to 2 / "suidsafe". This allows
1870 systemd-coredump to save core files for suid processes. When saving
1871 the core file, systemd-coredump will use the effective uid and gid of
1872 the process that faulted.
1873
1874 * The /sys/module/kernel/parameters/crash_kexec_post_notifiers file is
1875 now automatically set to "Y" at boot, in order to enable pstore
1876 generation for collection with systemd-pstore.
1877
1878 * We provide a set of udev rules to enable auto-suspend on PCI and USB
1879 devices that were tested to correctly support it. Previously, this
1880 was distributed as a set of udev rules, but has now been replaced by
1881 by a set of hwdb entries (and a much shorter udev rule to take action
1882 if the device modalias matches one of the new hwdb entries).
1883
1884 As before, entries are periodically imported from the database
1885 maintained by the ChromiumOS project. If you have a device that
1886 supports auto-suspend correctly and where it should be enabled by
1887 default, please submit a patch that adds it to the database (see
1888 /usr/lib/udev/hwdb.d/60-autosuspend.hwdb).
1889
1890 * systemd-udevd gained the new configuration option timeout_signal= as well
1891 as a corresponding kernel command line option udev.timeout_signal=.
1892 The option can be used to configure the UNIX signal that the main
1893 daemon sends to the worker processes on timeout. Setting the signal
1894 to SIGABRT is useful for debugging.
1895
1896 * .link files managed by systemd-udevd gained options RxFlowControl=,
1897 TxFlowControl=, AutoNegotiationFlowControl= in the [Link] section, in
1898 order to configure various flow control parameters. They also gained
1899 RxMiniBufferSize= and RxJumboBufferSize= in order to configure jumbo
1900 frame ring buffer sizes.
1901
1902 * networkd.conf gained a new boolean setting ManageForeignRoutes=. If
1903 enabled systemd-networkd manages all routes configured by other tools.
1904
1905 * .network files managed by systemd-networkd gained a new section
1906 [SR-IOV], in order to configure SR-IOV capable network devices.
1907
1908 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6Prefix] section in .network files gained a
1909 new boolean setting Assign=. If enabled an address from the prefix is
1910 automatically assigned to the interface.
1911
1912 * systemd-networkd gained a new section [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] which
1913 controls delegated prefixes assigned by DHCPv6 client. The section
1914 has three settings: SubnetID=, Assign=, and Token=. The setting
1915 SubnetID= allows explicit configuration of the preferred subnet that
1916 systemd-networkd's Prefix Delegation logic assigns to interfaces. If
1917 Assign= is enabled (which is the default) an address from any acquired
1918 delegated prefix is automatically chosen and assigned to the
1919 interface. The setting Token= specifies an optional address generation
1920 mode for Assign=.
1921
1922 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new setting
1923 IPv4AcceptLocal=. If enabled the interface accepts packets with local
1924 source addresses.
1925
1926 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the HTB queuing
1927 discipline in the [HierarchyTokenBucket] and
1928 [HierarchyTokenBucketClass] sections. Similar the "pfifo" qdisc may
1929 be configured in the [PFIFO] section, "GRED" in
1930 [GenericRandomEarlyDetection], "SFB" in [StochasticFairBlue], "cake"
1931 in [CAKE], "PIE" in [PIE], "DRR" in [DeficitRoundRobinScheduler] and
1932 [DeficitRoundRobinSchedulerClass], "BFIFO" in [BFIFO],
1933 "PFIFOHeadDrop" in [PFIFOHeadDrop], "PFIFOFast" in [PFIFOFast], "HHF"
1934 in [HeavyHitterFilter], "ETS" in [EnhancedTransmissionSelection] and
1935 "QFQ" in [QuickFairQueueing] and [QuickFairQueueingClass].
1936
1937 * systemd-networkd gained support for a new Termination= setting in the
1938 [CAN] section for configuring the termination resistor. It also
1939 gained a new ListenOnly= setting for controlling whether to only
1940 listen on CAN interfaces, without interfering with traffic otherwise
1941 (which is useful for debugging/monitoring CAN network
1942 traffic). DataBitRate=, DataSamplePoint=, FDMode=, FDNonISO= have
1943 been added to configure various CAN-FD aspects.
1944
1945 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new option WithoutRA=.
1946 When enabled, DHCPv6 will be attempted right-away without requiring an
1947 Router Advertisement packet suggesting it first (i.e. without the 'M'
1948 or 'O' flags set). The [IPv6AcceptRA] section gained a boolean option
1949 DHCPv6Client= that may be used to turn off the DHCPv6 client even if
1950 the RA packets suggest it.
1951
1952 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] section gained a new setting UseGateway=
1953 which may be used to turn off use of the gateway information provided
1954 by the DHCP lease. A new FallbackLeaseLifetimeSec= setting may be
1955 used to configure how to process leases that lack a lifetime option.
1956
1957 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] and [DHCPServer] sections gained a new
1958 setting SendVendorOption= allowing configuration of additional vendor
1959 options to send in the DHCP requests/responses. The [DHCPv6] section
1960 gained a new SendOption= setting for sending arbitrary DHCP
1961 options. RequestOptions= has been added to request arbitrary options
1962 from the server. UserClass= has been added to set the DHCP user class
1963 field.
1964
1965 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPServer] section gained a new set of options
1966 EmitPOP3=/POP3=, EmitSMTP=/SMTP=, EmitLPR=/LPR= for including server
1967 information about these three protocols in the DHCP lease. It also
1968 gained support for including "MUD" URLs ("Manufacturer Usage
1969 Description"). Support for "MUD" URLs was also added to the LLDP
1970 stack, configurable in the [LLDP] section in .network files.
1971
1972 * The Mode= settings in [MACVLAN] and [MACVTAP] now support 'source'
1973 mode. Also, the sections now support a new setting SourceMACAddress=.
1974
1975 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files now support a new setting
1976 VLANProtocol= in the [Bridge] section that allows configuration of
1977 the VLAN protocol to use.
1978
1979 * systemd-networkd supports a new Group= setting in the [Link] section
1980 of the .network files, to control the link group.
1981
1982 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new
1983 IPv6LinkLocalAddressGenerationMode= setting, which specifies how IPv6
1984 link local address is generated.
1985
1986 * A new default .network file is now shipped that matches TUN/TAP
1987 devices that begin with "vt-" in their name. Such interfaces will
1988 have IP routing onto the host links set up automatically. This is
1989 supposed to be used by VM managers to trivially acquire a network
1990 interface which is fully set up for host communication, simply by
1991 carefully picking an interface name to use.
1992
1993 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting RouteMetric=
1994 which sets the route priority for routes specified by the DHCP server.
1995
1996 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting VendorClass=
1997 which configures the vendor class information sent to DHCP server.
1998
1999 * The BlackList= settings in .network files' [DHCPv4] and
2000 [IPv6AcceptRA] sections have been renamed DenyList=. The old names
2001 are still understood to provide compatibility.
2002
2003 * networkctl gained the new "forcerenew" command for forcing all DHCP
2004 server clients to renew their lease. The interface "status" output
2005 will now show numerous additional fields of information about an
2006 interface. There are new "up" and "down" commands to bring specific
2007 interfaces up or down.
2008
2009 * systemd-resolved's DNS= configuration option now optionally accepts a
2010 port number (after ":") and a host name (after "#"). When the host
2011 name is specified, the DNS-over-TLS certificate is validated to match
2012 the specified hostname. Additionally, in case of IPv6 addresses, an
2013 interface may be specified (after "%").
2014
2015 * systemd-resolved may be configured to forward single-label DNS names.
2016 This is not standard-conformant, but may make sense in setups where
2017 public DNS servers are not used.
2018
2019 * systemd-resolved's DNS-over-TLS support gained SNI validation.
2020
2021 * systemd-nspawn's --resolv-conf= switch gained a number of new
2022 supported values. Specifically, options starting with "replace-" are
2023 like those prefixed "copy-" but replace any existing resolv.conf
2024 file. And options ending in "-uplink" and "-stub" can now be used to
2025 propagate other flavours of resolv.conf into the container (as
2026 defined by systemd-resolved).
2027
2028 * The various programs included in systemd can now optionally output
2029 their log messages on stderr prefixed with a timestamp, controlled by
2030 the $SYSTEMD_LOG_TIME environment variable.
2031
2032 * systemctl gained a new "-P" switch that is a shortcut for "--value
2033 --property=…".
2034
2035 * "systemctl list-units" and "systemctl list-machines" no longer hide
2036 their first output column with --no-legend. To hide the first column,
2037 use --plain.
2038
2039 * "systemctl reboot" takes the option "--reboot-argument=".
2040 The optional positional argument to "systemctl reboot" is now
2041 being deprecated in favor of this option.
2042
2043 * systemd-run gained a new switch --slice-inherit. If specified the
2044 unit it generates is placed in the same slice as the systemd-run
2045 process itself.
2046
2047 * systemd-journald gained support for zstd compression of large fields
2048 in journal files. The hash tables in journal files have been hardened
2049 against hash collisions. This is an incompatible change and means
2050 that journal files created with new systemd versions are not readable
2051 with old versions. If the $SYSTEMD_JOURNAL_KEYED_HASH boolean
2052 environment variable for systemd-journald.service is set to 0 this
2053 new hardening functionality may be turned off, so that generated
2054 journal files remain compatible with older journalctl
2055 implementations.
2056
2057 * journalctl will now include a clickable link in the default output for
2058 each log message for which an URL with further documentation is
2059 known. This is only supported on terminal emulators that support
2060 clickable hyperlinks, and is turned off if a pager is used (since
2061 "less" still doesn't support hyperlinks,
2062 unfortunately). Documentation URLs may be included in log messages
2063 either by including a DOCUMENTATION= journal field in it, or by
2064 associating a journal message catalog entry with the log message's
2065 MESSAGE_ID, which then carries a "Documentation:" tag.
2066
2067 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting Audit= that may be used to
2068 control whether systemd-journald will enable audit during
2069 initialization.
2070
2071 * when systemd-journald's log stream is broken up into multiple lines
2072 because the PID of the sender changed this is indicated in the
2073 generated log records via the _LINE_BREAK=pid-change field.
2074
2075 * journalctl's "-o cat" output mode will now show one or more journal
2076 fields specified with --output-fields= instead of unconditionally
2077 MESSAGE=. This is useful to retrieve a very specific set of fields
2078 without any decoration.
2079
2080 * The sd-journal.h API gained two new functions:
2081 sd_journal_enumerate_available_unique() and
2082 sd_journal_enumerate_available_data() that operate like their
2083 counterparts that lack the _available_ in the name, but skip items
2084 that cannot be read and processed by the local implementation
2085 (i.e. are compressed in an unsupported format or such),
2086
2087 * coredumpctl gained a new --file= switch, matching the same one in
2088 journalctl: a specific journal file may be specified to read the
2089 coredump data from.
2090
2091 * coredumps collected by systemd-coredump may now be compressed using
2092 the zstd algorithm.
2093
2094 * systemd-binfmt gained a new switch --unregister for unregistering all
2095 registered entries at once. This is now invoked automatically at
2096 shutdown, so that binary formats registered with the "F" flag will
2097 not block clean file system unmounting.
2098
2099 * systemd-notify's --pid= switch gained new values: "parent", "self",
2100 "auto" for controlling which PID to send to the service manager: the
2101 systemd-notify process' PID, or the one of the process invoking it.
2102
2103 * systemd-logind's Session bus object learnt a new method call
2104 SetType() for temporarily updating the session type of an already
2105 allocated session. This is useful for upgrading tty sessions to
2106 graphical ones once a compositor is invoked.
2107
2108 * systemd-socket-proxy gained a new switch --exit-idle-time= for
2109 configuring an exit-on-idle time.
2110
2111 * systemd-repart's --empty= setting gained a new value "create". If
2112 specified a new empty regular disk image file is created under the
2113 specified name. Its size may be specified with the new --size=
2114 option. The latter is also supported without the "create" mode, in
2115 order to grow existing disk image files to the specified size. These
2116 two new options are useful when creating or manipulating disk images
2117 instead of operating on actual block devices.
2118
2119 * systemd-repart drop-ins now support a new UUID= setting to control
2120 the UUID to assign to a newly created partition.
2121
2122 * systemd-repart's SizeMin= per-partition parameter now defaults to 10M
2123 instead of 0.
2124
2125 * systemd-repart's Label= setting now support the usual, simple
2126 specifier expansion.
2127
2128 * systemd-homed's LUKS backend gained the ability to discard empty file
2129 system blocks automatically when the user logs out. This is enabled
2130 by default to ensure that home directories take minimal space when
2131 logged out but get full size guarantees when logged in. This may be
2132 controlled with the new --luks-offline-discard= switch to homectl.
2133
2134 * If systemd-homed detects that /home/ is encrypted as a whole it will
2135 now default to the directory or subvolume backends instead of the
2136 LUKS backend, in order to avoid double encryption. The default
2137 storage and file system may now be configured explicitly, too, via
2138 the new /etc/systemd/homed.conf configuration file.
2139
2140 * systemd-homed now supports unlocking home directories with FIDO2
2141 security tokens that support the 'hmac-secret' extension, in addition
2142 to the existing support for PKCS#11 security token unlocking
2143 support. Note that many recent hardware security tokens support both
2144 interfaces. The FIDO2 support is accessible via homectl's
2145 --fido2-device= option.
2146
2147 * homectl's --pkcs11-uri= setting now accepts two special parameters:
2148 if "auto" is specified and only one suitable PKCS#11 security token
2149 is plugged in, its URL is automatically determined and enrolled for
2150 unlocking the home directory. If "list" is specified a brief table of
2151 suitable PKCS#11 security tokens is shown. Similar, the new
2152 --fido2-device= option also supports these two special values, for
2153 automatically selecting and listing suitable FIDO2 devices.
2154
2155 * The /etc/crypttab tmp option now optionally takes an argument
2156 selecting the file system to use. Moreover, the default is now
2157 changed from ext2 to ext4.
2158
2159 * There's a new /etc/crypttab option "keyfile-erase". If specified the
2160 key file listed in the same line is removed after use, regardless if
2161 volume activation was successful or not. This is useful if the key
2162 file is only acquired transiently at runtime and shall be erased
2163 before the system continues to boot.
2164
2165 * There's also a new /etc/crypttab option "try-empty-password". If
2166 specified, before asking the user for a password it is attempted to
2167 unlock the volume with an empty password. This is useful for
2168 installing encrypted images whose password shall be set on first boot
2169 instead of at installation time.
2170
2171 * systemd-cryptsetup will now attempt to load the keys to unlock
2172 volumes with automatically from files in
2173 /etc/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key and
2174 /run/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key, if any of these files exist.
2175
2176 * systemd-cryptsetup may now activate Microsoft BitLocker volumes via
2177 /etc/crypttab, during boot.
2178
2179 * logind.conf gained a new RuntimeDirectoryInodesMax= setting to
2180 control the inode limit for the per-user $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR tmpfs
2181 instance.
2182
2183 * A new generator systemd-xdg-autostart-generator has been added. It
2184 generates systemd unit files from XDG autostart .desktop files, and
2185 may be used to let the systemd user instance manage services that are
2186 started automatically as part of the desktop session.
2187
2188 * "bootctl" gained a new verb "reboot-to-firmware" that may be used
2189 to query and change the firmware's 'reboot into firmware' setup flag.
2190
2191 * systemd-firstboot gained a new switch --kernel-command-line= that may
2192 be used to initialize the /etc/kernel/cmdline file of the image. It
2193 also gained a new switch --root-password-hashed= which is like
2194 --root-password= but accepts a pre-hashed UNIX password as
2195 argument. The new option --delete-root-password may be used to unset
2196 any password for the root user (dangerous!). The --root-shell= switch
2197 may be used to control the shell to use for the root account. A new
2198 --force option may be used to override any already set settings with
2199 the parameters specified on the command line (by default, the tool
2200 will not override what has already been set before, i.e. is purely
2201 incremental).
2202
2203 * systemd-firstboot gained support for a new --image= switch, which is
2204 similar to --root= but accepts the path to a disk image file, on
2205 which it then operates.
2206
2207 * A new sd-path.h API has been added to libsystemd. It provides a
2208 simple API for retrieving various search paths and primary
2209 directories for various resources.
2210
2211 * A new call sd_notify_barrier() has been added to the sd-daemon.h
2212 API. The call will block until all previously sent sd_notify()
2213 messages have been processed by the service manager. This is useful
2214 to remove races caused by a process already having disappeared at the
2215 time a notification message is processed by the service manager,
2216 making correct attribution impossible. The systemd-notify tool will
2217 now make use of this call implicitly, but this can be turned off again
2218 via the new --no-block switch.
2219
2220 * When sending a file descriptor (fd) to the service manager to keep
2221 track of, using the sd_notify() mechanism, a new parameter FDPOLL=0
2222 may be specified. If passed the service manager will refrain from
2223 poll()ing on the file descriptor. Traditionally (and when the
2224 parameter is not specified), the service manager will poll it for
2225 POLLHUP or POLLERR events, and immediately close the fds in that
2226 case.
2227
2228 * The service manager (PID1) gained a new D-Bus method call
2229 SetShowStatus() which may be used to control whether it shall show
2230 boot-time status output on the console. This method has a similar
2231 effect to sending SIGRTMIN+20/SIGRTMIN+21 to PID 1.
2232
2233 * The sd-bus API gained a number of convenience functions that take
2234 va_list arguments rather than "...". For example, there's now
2235 sd_bus_call_methodv() to match sd_bus_call_method(). Those calls make
2236 it easier to build wrappers that accept variadic arguments and want
2237 to pass a ready va_list structure to sd-bus.
2238
2239 * sd-bus vtable entries can have a new SD_BUS_VTABLE_ABSOLUTE_OFFSET
2240 flag which alters how the userdata pointer to pass to the callbacks
2241 is determined. When the flag is set, the offset field is converted
2242 as-is into a pointer, without adding it to the object pointer the
2243 vtable is associated with.
2244
2245 * sd-bus now exposes four new functions:
2246 sd_bus_interface_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_service_name_is_valid() +
2247 sd_bus_member_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_object_path_is_valid() will
2248 validate strings to check if they qualify as various D-Bus concepts.
2249
2250 * The sd-bus API gained the SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS(),
2251 SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS_OFFSET() and SD_BUS_SIGNAL_WITH_ARGS() macros
2252 that simplify adding argument names to D-Bus methods and signals.
2253
2254 * The man pages for the sd-bus and sd-hwdb APIs have been completed.
2255
2256 * Various D-Bus APIs of systemd daemons now have man pages that
2257 document the methods, signals and properties.
2258
2259 * The expectations on user/group name syntax are now documented in
2260 detail; documentation on how classic home directories may be
2261 converted into home directories managed by homed has been added;
2262 documentation regarding integration of homed/userdb functionality in
2263 desktops has been added:
2264
2265 https://systemd.io/USER_NAMES
2266 https://systemd.io/CONVERTING_TO_HOMED
2267 https://systemd.io/USERDB_AND_DESKTOPS
2268
2269 * Documentation for the on-disk Journal file format has been updated
2270 and has now moved to:
2271
2272 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_FILE_FORMAT
2273
2274 * The interface for containers (https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE)
2275 has been extended by a set of environment variables that expose
2276 select fields from the host's os-release file to the container
2277 payload. Similarly, host's os-release files can be mounted into the
2278 container underneath /run/host. Together, those mechanisms provide a
2279 standardized way to expose information about the host to the
2280 container payload. Both interfaces are implemented in systemd-nspawn.
2281
2282 * All D-Bus services shipped in systemd now implement the generic
2283 LogControl1 D-Bus API which allows clients to change log level +
2284 target of the service during runtime.
2285
2286 * Only relevant for developers: the mkosi.default symlink has been
2287 dropped from version control. Please create a symlink to one of the
2288 distribution-specific defaults in .mkosi/ based on your preference.
2289
2290 Contributions from: 24bisquitz, Adam Nielsen, Alan Perry, Alexander
2291 Malafeev, Amitanand.Chikorde, Alin Popa, Alvin Šipraga, Amos Bird,
2292 Andreas Rammhold, AndreRH, Andrew Doran, Anita Zhang, Ankit Jain,
2293 antznin, Arnaud Ferraris, Arthur Moraes do Lago, Arusekk, Balaji
2294 Punnuru, Balint Reczey, Bastien Nocera, bemarek, Benjamin Berg,
2295 Benjamin Dahlhoff, Benjamin Robin, Chris Down, Chris Kerr, Christian
2296 Göttsche, Christian Hesse, Christian Oder, Ciprian Hacman, Clinton Roy,
2297 codicodi, Corey Hinshaw, Daan De Meyer, Dana Olson, Dan Callaghan,
2298 Daniel Fullmer, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner, David
2299 Edmundson, David Wood, Denis Pronin, Diego Escalante Urrelo, Dimitri
2300 John Ledkov, dolphrundgren, duguxy, Einsler Lee, Elisei Roca, Emmanuel
2301 Garette, Eric Anderson, Eric DeVolder, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
2302 ExtinctFire, fangxiuning, Ferran Pallarès Roca, Filipe Brandenburger,
2303 Filippo Falezza, Finn, Florian Klink, Florian Mayer, Franck Bui,
2304 Frantisek Sumsal, gaurav, Georg Müller, Gergely Polonkai, Giedrius
2305 Statkevičius, Gigadoc2, gogogogi, Gaurav Singh, gzjsgdsb, Hans de
2306 Goede, Haochen Tong, ianhi, ignapk, Jakov Smolic, James T. Lee, Jan
2307 Janssen, Jan Klötzke, Jan Palus, Jay Burger, Jeremy Cline, Jérémy
2308 Rosen, Jian-Hong Pan, Jiri Slaby, Joel Shapiro, Joerg Behrmann, Jörg
2309 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, Kai-Heng Feng, Kenny Levinsen, Kevin
2310 Kuehler, Kumar Kartikeya Dwivedi, layderv, laydervus, Lénaïc Huard,
2311 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Lucas
2312 Werkmeister, Lukas Klingsbo, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej
2313 S. Szmigiero, MadMcCrow, Marc-André Lureau, Marcel Holtmann, Marc
2314 Kleine-Budde, Martin Hundebøll, Matthew Leeds, Matt Ranostay, Maxim
2315 Fomin, MaxVerevkin, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Gubbels,
2316 Michael Marley, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár,
2317 Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Mikhail Novosyolov, ml, Motiejus Jakštys,
2318 nabijaczleweli, nerdopolis, Niccolò Maggioni, Niklas Hambüchen, Norbert
2319 Lange, Paul Cercueil, pelzvieh, Peter Hutterer, Piero La Terza, Pieter
2320 Lexis, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Richard Petri, Ronan Pigott, Ross
2321 Lagerwall, Rubens Figueiredo, satmandu, Sean-StarLabs, Sebastian
2322 Jennen, sterlinghughes, Surhud More, Susant Sahani, szb512, Thomas
2323 Haller, Tobias Hunger, Tom, Tomáš Pospíšek, Tomer Shechner, Tom Hughes,
2324 Topi Miettinen, Tudor Roman, Uwe Kleine-König, Valery0xff, Vito Caputo,
2325 Vladimir Panteleev, Vladyslav Tronko, Wen Yang, Yegor Vialov, Yigal
2326 Korman, Yi Gao, YmrDtnJu, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
2327 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhu Li, Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
2328
2329 – Warsaw, 2020-07-30
2330
2331 CHANGES WITH 245:
2332
2333 * A new tool "systemd-repart" has been added, that operates as an
2334 idempotent declarative repartitioner for GPT partition tables.
2335 Specifically, a set of partitions that must or may exist can be
2336 configured via drop-in files, and during every boot the partition
2337 table on disk is compared with these files, creating missing
2338 partitions or growing existing ones based on configurable relative
2339 and absolute size constraints. The tool is strictly incremental,
2340 i.e. does not delete, shrink or move partitions, but only adds and
2341 grows them. The primary use-case is OS images that ship in minimized
2342 form, that on first boot are grown to the size of the underlying
2343 block device or augmented with additional partitions. For example,
2344 the root partition could be extended to cover the whole disk, or a
2345 swap or /home partitions could be added on first boot. It can also be
2346 used for systems that use an A/B update scheme but ship images with
2347 just the A partition, with B added on first boot. The tool is
2348 primarily intended to be run in the initrd, shortly before
2349 transitioning into the host OS, but can also be run after the
2350 transition took place. It automatically discovers the disk backing
2351 the root file system, and should hence not require any additional
2352 configuration besides the partition definition drop-ins. If no
2353 configuration drop-ins are present, no action is taken.
2354
2355 * A new component "userdb" has been added, along with a small daemon
2356 "systemd-userdbd.service" and a client tool "userdbctl". The framework
2357 allows defining rich user and group records in a JSON format,
2358 extending on the classic "struct passwd" and "struct group"
2359 structures. Various components in systemd have been updated to
2360 process records in this format, including systemd-logind and
2361 pam-systemd. The user records are intended to be extensible, and
2362 allow setting various resource management, security and runtime
2363 parameters that shall be applied to processes and sessions of the
2364 user as they log in. This facility is intended to allow associating
2365 such metadata directly with user/group records so that they can be
2366 produced, extended and consumed in unified form. We hope that
2367 eventually frameworks such as sssd will generate records this way, so
2368 that for the first time resource management and various other
2369 per-user settings can be configured in LDAP directories and then
2370 provided to systemd (specifically to systemd-logind and pam-system)
2371 to apply on login. For further details see:
2372
2373 https://systemd.io/USER_RECORD
2374 https://systemd.io/GROUP_RECORD
2375 https://systemd.io/USER_GROUP_API
2376
2377 * A small new service systemd-homed.service has been added, that may be
2378 used to securely manage home directories with built-in encryption.
2379 The complete user record data is unified with the home directory,
2380 thus making home directories naturally migratable. Its primary
2381 back-end is based on LUKS volumes, but fscrypt, plain directories,
2382 and other storage schemes are also supported. This solves a couple of
2383 problems we saw with traditional ways to manage home directories, in
2384 particular when it comes to encryption. For further discussion of
2385 this, see the video of Lennart's talk at AllSystemsGo! 2019:
2386
2387 https://media.ccc.de/v/ASG2019-164-reinventing-home-directories
2388
2389 For further details about the format and expectations on home
2390 directories this new daemon makes, see:
2391
2392 https://systemd.io/HOME_DIRECTORY
2393
2394 * systemd-journald is now multi-instantiable. In addition to the main
2395 instance systemd-journald.service there's now a template unit
2396 systemd-journald@.service, with each instance defining a new named
2397 log 'namespace' (whose name is specified via the instance part of the
2398 unit name). A new unit file setting LogNamespace= has been added,
2399 taking such a namespace name, that assigns services to the specified
2400 log namespaces. As each log namespace is serviced by its own
2401 independent journal daemon, this functionality may be used to improve
2402 performance and increase isolation of applications, at the price of
2403 losing global message ordering. Each instance of journald has a
2404 separate set of configuration files, with possibly different disk
2405 usage limitations and other settings.
2406
2407 journalctl now takes a new option --namespace= to show logs from a
2408 specific log namespace. The sd-journal.h API gained
2409 sd_journal_open_namespace() for opening the log stream of a specific
2410 log namespace. systemd-journald also gained the ability to exit on
2411 idle, which is useful in the context of log namespaces, as this means
2412 log daemons for log namespaces can be activated automatically on
2413 demand and will stop automatically when no longer used, minimizing
2414 resource usage.
2415
2416 * When systemd-tmpfiles copies a file tree using the 'C' line type it
2417 will now label every copied file according to the SELinux database.
2418
2419 * When systemd/PID 1 detects it is used in the initrd it will now boot
2420 into initrd.target rather than default.target by default. This should
2421 make it simpler to build initrds with systemd as for many cases the
2422 only difference between a host OS image and an initrd image now is
2423 the presence of the /etc/initrd-release file.
2424
2425 * A new kernel command line option systemd.cpu_affinity= is now
2426 understood. It's equivalent to the CPUAffinity= option in
2427 /etc/systemd/system.conf and allows setting the CPU mask for PID 1
2428 itself and the default for all other processes.
2429
2430 * When systemd/PID 1 is reloaded (with systemctl daemon-reload or
2431 equivalent), the SELinux database is now reloaded, ensuring that
2432 sockets and other file system objects are generated taking the new
2433 database into account.
2434
2435 * systemd/PID 1 accepts a new "systemd.show-status=error" setting, and
2436 "quiet" has been changed to imply that instead of
2437 "systemd.show-status=auto". In this mode, only messages about errors
2438 and significant delays in boot are shown on the console.
2439
2440 * The sd-event.h API gained native support for the new Linux "pidfd"
2441 concept. This permits watching processes using file descriptors
2442 instead of PID numbers, which fixes a number of races and makes
2443 process supervision more robust and efficient. All of systemd's
2444 components will now use pidfds if the kernel supports it for process
2445 watching, with the exception of PID 1 itself, unfortunately. We hope
2446 to move PID 1 to exclusively using pidfds too eventually, but this
2447 requires some more kernel work first. (Background: PID 1 watches
2448 processes using waitid() with the P_ALL flag, and that does not play
2449 together nicely with pidfds yet.)
2450
2451 * Closely related to this, the sd-event.h API gained two new calls
2452 sd_event_source_send_child_signal() (for sending a signal to a
2453 watched process) and sd_event_source_get_child_process_own() (for
2454 marking a process so that it is killed automatically whenever the
2455 event source watching it is freed).
2456
2457 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring Token Bucket Filter
2458 (TBF) parameters in its qdisc configuration support. Similarly,
2459 support for Stochastic Fairness Queuing (SFQ), Controlled-Delay
2460 Active Queue Management (CoDel), and Fair Queue (FQ) has been added.
2461
2462 * systemd-networkd gained support for Intermediate Functional Block
2463 (IFB) network devices.
2464
2465 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring multi-path IP routes,
2466 using the new MultiPathRoute= setting in the [Route] section.
2467
2468 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 client has been updated to support a new
2469 SendDecline= option. If enabled, duplicate address detection is done
2470 after a DHCP offer is received from the server. If a conflict is
2471 detected, the address is declined. The DHCPv4 client also gained
2472 support for a new RouteMTUBytes= setting that allows to configure the
2473 MTU size to be used for routes generated from DHCPv4 leases.
2474
2475 * The PrefixRoute= setting in systemd-networkd's [Address] section of
2476 .network files has been deprecated, and replaced by AddPrefixRoute=,
2477 with its sense inverted.
2478
2479 * The Gateway= setting of [Route] sections of .network files gained
2480 support for a special new value "_dhcp". If set, the configured
2481 static route uses the gateway host configured via DHCP.
2482
2483 * New User= and SuppressPrefixLength= settings have been implemented
2484 for the [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network files to configure
2485 source routing based on UID ranges and prefix length, respectively.
2486
2487 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_sensitive() that marks a
2488 D-Bus message object as "sensitive". Those objects are erased from
2489 memory when they are freed. This concept is intended to be used for
2490 messages that contain security sensitive data. A new flag
2491 SD_BUS_VTABLE_SENSITIVE has been introduced as well to mark methods
2492 in sd-bus vtables, causing any incoming and outgoing messages of
2493 those methods to be implicitly marked as "sensitive".
2494
2495 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_dump() for dumping the
2496 contents of a message (or parts thereof) to standard output for
2497 debugging purposes.
2498
2499 * systemd-sysusers gained support for creating users with the primary
2500 group named differently than the user.
2501
2502 * systemd-growfs (i.e. the x-systemd.growfs mount option in /etc/fstab)
2503 gained support for growing XFS partitions. Previously it supported
2504 only ext4 and btrfs partitions.
2505
2506 * The support for /etc/crypttab gained a new x-initrd.attach option. If
2507 set, the specified encrypted volume is unlocked already in the
2508 initrd. This concept corresponds to the x-initrd.mount option in
2509 /etc/fstab.
2510
2511 * systemd-cryptsetup gained native support for unlocking encrypted
2512 volumes utilizing PKCS#11 smartcards, i.e. for example to bind
2513 encryption of volumes to YubiKeys. This is exposed in the new
2514 pkcs11-uri= option in /etc/crypttab.
2515
2516 * The /etc/fstab support in systemd now supports two new mount options
2517 x-systemd.{required,wanted}-by=, for explicitly configuring the units
2518 that the specified mount shall be pulled in by, in place of
2519 the usual local-fs.target/remote-fs.target.
2520
2521 * The https://systemd.io/ web site has been relaunched, directly
2522 populated with most of the documentation included in the systemd
2523 repository. systemd also acquired a new logo, thanks to Tobias
2524 Bernard.
2525
2526 * systemd-udevd gained support for managing "alternative" network
2527 interface names, as supported by new Linux kernels. For the first
2528 time this permits assigning multiple (and longer!) names to a network
2529 interface. systemd-udevd will now by default assign the names
2530 generated via all supported naming schemes to each interface. This
2531 may be further tweaked with .link files and the AlternativeName= and
2532 AlternativeNamesPolicy= settings. Other components of systemd have
2533 been updated to support the new alternative names wherever
2534 appropriate. For example, systemd-nspawn will now generate
2535 alternative interface names for the host-facing side of container
2536 veth links based on the full container name without truncation.
2537
2538 * systemd-nspawn interface naming logic has been updated in another way
2539 too: if the main interface name (i.e. as opposed to new-style
2540 "alternative" names) based on the container name is truncated, a
2541 simple hashing scheme is used to give different interface names to
2542 multiple containers whose names all begin with the same prefix. Since
2543 this changes the primary interface names pointing to containers if
2544 truncation happens, the old scheme may still be requested by
2545 selecting an older naming scheme, via the net.naming-scheme= kernel
2546 command line option.
2547
2548 * PrivateUsers= in service files now works in services run by the
2549 systemd --user per-user instance of the service manager.
2550
2551 * A new per-service sandboxing option ProtectClock= has been added that
2552 locks down write access to the system clock. It takes away device
2553 node access to /dev/rtc as well as the system calls that set the
2554 system clock and the CAP_SYS_TIME and CAP_WAKE_ALARM capabilities.
2555 Note that this option does not affect access to auxiliary services
2556 that allow changing the clock, for example access to
2557 systemd-timedated.
2558
2559 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new "show" verb for listing or
2560 resolving a number of well-known UUIDs/128bit IDs, currently mostly
2561 GPT partition table types.
2562
2563 * The Discoverable Partitions Specification has been updated to support
2564 /var and /var/tmp partition discovery. Support for this has been
2565 added to systemd-gpt-auto-generator. For details see:
2566
2567 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
2568
2569 * "systemctl list-unit-files" has been updated to show a new column
2570 with the suggested enablement state based on the vendor preset files
2571 for the respective units.
2572
2573 * "systemctl" gained a new option "--with-dependencies". If specified
2574 commands such as "systemctl status" or "systemctl cat" will now show
2575 all specified units along with all units they depend on.
2576
2577 * networkctl gained support for showing per-interface logs in its
2578 "status" output.
2579
2580 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained support for specifying the maximum
2581 operational state to wait for, and to wait for interfaces to
2582 disappear.
2583
2584 * The [Match] section of .link and .network files now supports a new
2585 option PermanentMACAddress= which may be used to check against the
2586 permanent MAC address of a network device even if a randomized MAC
2587 address is used.
2588
2589 * The [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section in .network files has
2590 been renamed to [NetworkEmulator] with the "NetworkEmulator" prefix
2591 dropped from the individual setting names.
2592
2593 * Any .link and .network files that have an empty [Match] section (this
2594 also includes empty and commented-out files) will now be
2595 rejected. systemd-udev and systemd-networkd started warning about
2596 such files in version 243.
2597
2598 * systemd-logind will now validate access to the operation of changing
2599 the virtual terminal via a polkit action. By default, only users
2600 with at least one session on a local VT are granted permission.
2601
2602 * When systemd sets up PAM sessions that invoked service processes
2603 shall run in, the pam_setcred() API is now invoked, thus permitting
2604 PAM modules to set additional credentials for the processes.
2605
2606 * portablectl attach/detach verbs now accept --now and --enable options
2607 to combine attachment with enablement and invocation, or detachment
2608 with stopping and disablement.
2609
2610 * UPGRADE ISSUE: a bug where some jobs were trimmed as redundant was
2611 fixed, which in turn exposed bugs in unit configuration of services
2612 which have Type=oneshot and should only run once, but do not have
2613 RemainAfterExit=yes set. Without RemainAfterExit=yes, a one-shot
2614 service may be started again after exiting successfully, for example
2615 as a dependency in another transaction. Affected services included
2616 some internal systemd services (most notably
2617 systemd-vconsole-setup.service, which was updated to have
2618 RemainAfterExit=yes), and plymouth-start.service. Please ensure that
2619 plymouth has been suitably updated or patched before upgrading to
2620 this systemd release. See
2621 https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1807771 for some
2622 additional discussion.
2623
2624 Contributions from: AJ Bagwell, Alin Popa, Andreas Rammhold, Anita
2625 Zhang, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Russo, Arian van Putten, Ashley Davis,
2626 Balint Reczey, Bart Willems, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Charles
2627 (Chas) Williams, cheese1, Chris Down, Chris Murphy, Christian Ehrhardt,
2628 Christian Göttsche, cvoinf, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek,
2629 Daniel Shahaf, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Dariusz Gadomski, David
2630 Michael, Dimitri John Ledkov, Emmanuel Bourg, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
2631 ezst036, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Florian Klink, Franck
2632 Bui, Fran Dieguez, Frantisek Sumsal, Greg "GothAck" Miell, Guilhem
2633 Lettron, Guillaume Douézan-Grard, Hans de Goede, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iain
2634 Lane, James Buren, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jérémy Rosen, Jin
2635 Park, Jun'ichi Nomura, Kai Krakow, Kevin Kuehler, Kevin P. Fleming,
2636 Lennart Poettering, Leonid Bloch, Leonid Evdokimov, lothrond, Luca
2637 Boccassi, Lukas K, Lynn Kirby, Mario Limonciello, Mark Deneen, Matthew
2638 Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Mike Auty, Mike
2639 Gilbert, mtron, nabijaczleweli, Naïm Favier, Nate Jones, Norbert Lange,
2640 Oliver Giles, Paul Davey, Paul Menzel, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Rafa
2641 Couto, Raphael, rhn, Robert Scheck, Rocka, Romain Naour, Ryan Attard,
2642 Sascha Dewald, Shengjing Zhu, Slava Kardakov, Spencer Michaels, Sylvain
2643 Plantefeve, Stanislav Angelovič, Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas
2644 Schmitt, Timo Schlüßler, Timo Wilken, Tobias Bernard, Tobias Klauser,
2645 Tobias Stoeckmann, Topi Miettinen, tsia, WataruMatsuoka, Wieland
2646 Hoffmann, Wilhelm Schuster, Will Fleming, xduugu, Yong Cong Sin, Yuri
2647 Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeyu
2648 DONG
2649
2650 – Warsaw, 2020-03-06
2651
2652 CHANGES WITH 244:
2653
2654 * Support for the cpuset cgroups v2 controller has been added.
2655 Processes may be restricted to specific CPUs using the new
2656 AllowedCPUs= setting, and to specific memory NUMA nodes using the new
2657 AllowedMemoryNodes= setting.
2658
2659 * The signal used in restart jobs (as opposed to e.g. stop jobs) may
2660 now be configured using a new RestartKillSignal= setting. This
2661 allows units which signals to request termination to implement
2662 different behaviour when stopping in preparation for a restart.
2663
2664 * "systemctl clean" may now be used also for socket, mount, and swap
2665 units.
2666
2667 * systemd will also read configuration options from the EFI variable
2668 SystemdOptions. This may be used to configure systemd behaviour when
2669 modifying the kernel command line is inconvenient, but configuration
2670 on disk is read too late, for example for the options related to
2671 cgroup hierarchy setup. 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' may be used to
2672 set the EFI variable.
2673
2674 * systemd will now disable printk ratelimits in early boot. This should
2675 allow us to capture more logs from the early boot phase where normal
2676 storage is not available and the kernel ring buffer is used for
2677 logging. Configuration on the kernel command line has higher priority
2678 and overrides the systemd setting.
2679
2680 systemd programs which log to /dev/kmsg directly use internal
2681 ratelimits to prevent runaway logging. (Normally this is only used
2682 during early boot, so in practice this change has very little
2683 effect.)
2684
2685 * Unit files now support top level dropin directories of the form
2686 <unit_type>.d/ (e.g. service.d/) that may be used to add configuration
2687 that affects all corresponding unit files.
2688
2689 * systemctl gained support for 'stop --job-mode=triggering' which will
2690 stop the specified unit and any units which could trigger it.
2691
2692 * Unit status display now includes units triggering and triggered by
2693 the unit being shown.
2694
2695 * The RuntimeMaxSec= setting is now supported by scopes, not just
2696 .service units. This is particularly useful for PAM sessions which
2697 create a scope unit for the user login. systemd.runtime_max_sec=
2698 setting may used with the pam_systemd module to limit the duration
2699 of the PAM session, for example for time-limited logins.
2700
2701 * A new @pkey system call group is now defined to make it easier to
2702 allow-list memory protection syscalls for containers and services
2703 which need to use them.
2704
2705 * systemd-udevd: removed the 30s timeout for killing stale workers on
2706 exit. systemd-udevd now waits for workers to finish. The hard-coded
2707 exit timeout of 30s was too short for some large installations, where
2708 driver initialization could be prematurely interrupted during initrd
2709 processing if the root file system had been mounted and init was
2710 preparing to switch root. If udevd is run without systemd and workers
2711 are hanging while udevd receives an exit signal, udevd will now exit
2712 when udev.event_timeout is reached for the last hanging worker. With
2713 systemd, the exit timeout can additionally be configured using
2714 TimeoutStopSec= in systemd-udevd.service.
2715
2716 * udev now provides a program (fido_id) that identifies FIDO CTAP1
2717 ("U2F")/CTAP2 security tokens based on the usage declared in their
2718 report and descriptor and outputs suitable environment variables.
2719 This replaces the externally maintained allow lists of all known
2720 security tokens that were used previously.
2721
2722 * Automatically generated autosuspend udev rules for allow-listed
2723 devices have been imported from the Chromium OS project. This should
2724 improve power saving with many more devices.
2725
2726 * udev gained a new "CONST{key}=value" setting that allows matching
2727 against system-wide constants without forking a helper binary.
2728 Currently "arch" and "virt" keys are supported.
2729
2730 * udev now opens CDROMs in non-exclusive mode when querying their
2731 capabilities. This should fix issues where other programs trying to
2732 use the CDROM cannot gain access to it, but carries a risk of
2733 interfering with programs writing to the disk, if they did not open
2734 the device in exclusive mode as they should.
2735
2736 * systemd-networkd does not create a default route for IPv4 link local
2737 addressing anymore. The creation of the route was unexpected and was
2738 breaking routing in various cases, but people who rely on it being
2739 created implicitly will need to adjust. Such a route may be requested
2740 with DefaultRouteOnDevice=yes.
2741
2742 Similarly, systemd-networkd will not assign a link-local IPv6 address
2743 when IPv6 link-local routing is not enabled.
2744
2745 * Receive and transmit buffers may now be configured on links with
2746 the new RxBufferSize= and TxBufferSize= settings.
2747
2748 * systemd-networkd may now advertise additional IPv6 routes. A new
2749 [IPv6RoutePrefix] section with Route= and LifetimeSec= options is
2750 now supported.
2751
2752 * systemd-networkd may now configure "next hop" routes using the
2753 [NextHop] section and Gateway= and Id= settings.
2754
2755 * systemd-networkd will now retain DHCP config on restarts by default
2756 (but this may be overridden using the KeepConfiguration= setting).
2757 The default for SendRelease= has been changed to true.
2758
2759 * The DHCPv4 client now uses the OPTION_INFORMATION_REFRESH_TIME option
2760 received from the server.
2761
2762 The client will use the received SIP server list if UseSIP=yes is
2763 set.
2764
2765 The client may be configured to request specific options from the
2766 server using a new RequestOptions= setting.
2767
2768 The client may be configured to send arbitrary options to the server
2769 using a new SendOption= setting.
2770
2771 A new IPServiceType= setting has been added to configure the "IP
2772 service type" value used by the client.
2773
2774 * The DHCPv6 client learnt a new PrefixDelegationHint= option to
2775 request prefix hints in the DHCPv6 solicitation.
2776
2777 * The DHCPv4 server may be configured to send arbitrary options using
2778 a new SendOption= setting.
2779
2780 * The DHCPv4 server may now be configured to emit SIP server list using
2781 the new EmitSIP= and SIP= settings.
2782
2783 * systemd-networkd and networkctl may now renew DHCP leases on demand.
2784 networkctl has a new 'networkctl renew' verb.
2785
2786 * systemd-networkd may now reconfigure links on demand. networkctl
2787 gained two new verbs: "reload" will reload the configuration, and
2788 "reconfigure DEVICE…" will reconfigure one or more devices.
2789
2790 * .network files may now match on SSID and BSSID of a wireless network,
2791 i.e. the access point name and hardware address using the new SSID=
2792 and BSSID= options. networkctl will display the current SSID and
2793 BSSID for wireless links.
2794
2795 .network files may also match on the wireless network type using the
2796 new WLANInterfaceType= option.
2797
2798 * systemd-networkd now includes default configuration that enables
2799 link-local addressing when connected to an ad-hoc wireless network.
2800
2801 * systemd-networkd may configure the Traffic Control queueing
2802 disciplines in the kernel using the new
2803 [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section and Parent=,
2804 NetworkEmulatorDelaySec=, NetworkEmulatorDelayJitterSec=,
2805 NetworkEmulatorPacketLimit=, NetworkEmulatorLossRate=,
2806 NetworkEmulatorDuplicateRate= settings.
2807
2808 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new w+ setting to append to files.
2809
2810 * systemd-analyze dump will now report when the memory configuration in
2811 the kernel does not match what systemd has configured (usually,
2812 because some external program has modified the kernel configuration
2813 on its own).
2814
2815 * systemd-analyze gained a new --base-time= switch instructs the
2816 'calendar' verb to resolve times relative to that timestamp instead
2817 of the present time.
2818
2819 * journalctl --update-catalog now produces deterministic output (making
2820 reproducible image builds easier).
2821
2822 * A new devicetree-overlay setting is now documented in the Boot Loader
2823 Specification.
2824
2825 * The default value of the WatchdogSec= setting used in systemd
2826 services (the ones bundled with the project itself) may be set at
2827 configuration time using the -Dservice-watchdog= setting. If set to
2828 empty, the watchdogs will be disabled.
2829
2830 * systemd-resolved validates IP addresses in certificates now when GnuTLS
2831 is being used.
2832
2833 * libcryptsetup >= 2.0.1 is now required.
2834
2835 * A configuration option -Duser-path= may be used to override the $PATH
2836 used by the user service manager. The default is again to use the same
2837 path as the system manager.
2838
2839 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new switch "-u" (or "--uuid") for
2840 outputting the 128bit IDs in UUID format (i.e. in the "canonical
2841 representation").
2842
2843 * Service units gained a new sandboxing option ProtectKernelLogs= which
2844 makes sure the program cannot get direct access to the kernel log
2845 buffer anymore, i.e. the syslog() system call (not to be confused
2846 with the API of the same name in libc, which is not affected), the
2847 /proc/kmsg and /dev/kmsg nodes and the CAP_SYSLOG capability are made
2848 inaccessible to the service. It's recommended to enable this setting
2849 for all services that should not be able to read from or write to the
2850 kernel log buffer, which are probably almost all.
2851
2852 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alcaro, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey,
2853 Bastien Nocera, Baybal Ni, Benjamin Bouvier, Benjamin Gilbert, Carlo
2854 Teubner, cbzxt, Chen Qi, Chris Down, Christian Rebischke, Claudio
2855 Zumbo, ClydeByrdIII, crashfistfight, Cyprien Laplace, Daniel Edgecumbe,
2856 Daniel Gorbea, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Stuart, Dan Streetman, David
2857 Pedersen, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominique Martinet, Donald
2858 A. Cupp Jr, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Henneke, Filipe Brandenburger,
2859 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Haochen
2860 Tong, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iwan Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Kundrát, Jan
2861 Synacek, Jan Tojnar, Jay Strict, Jérémy Rosen, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
2862 Jonas Jelten, Jonas Thelemann, Justin Trudell, J. Xing, Kai-Heng Feng,
2863 Kenneth D'souza, Kevin Becker, Kevin Kuehler, Lennart Poettering,
2864 Léonard Gérard, Lorenz Bauer, Luca Boccassi, Maciej Stanczew, Mario
2865 Limonciello, Marko Myllynen, Mark Stosberg, Martin Wilck, matthiasroos,
2866 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tretter, Michal Sekletar,
2867 Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Nicolas
2868 Douma, nikolas, Norbert Lange, pan93412, Pascal de Bruijn, Paul Menzel,
2869 Pavel Hrdina, Peter Wu, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle,
2870 Renaud Métrich, Riccardo Schirone, RoadrunnerWMC, Ronan Pigott, Ryan
2871 Attard, Sebastian Wick, Serge, Siddharth Chandrasekara, Steve Ramage,
2872 Steve Traylen, Susant Sahani, Thibault Nélis, Tim Teichmann, Tom
2873 Fitzhenry, Tommy J, Torsten Hilbrich, Vito Caputo, ypf791, Yu Watanabe,
2874 Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2875
2876 – Warsaw, 2019-11-29
2877
2878 CHANGES WITH 243:
2879
2880 * This release enables unprivileged programs (i.e. requiring neither
2881 setuid nor file capabilities) to send ICMP Echo (i.e. ping) requests
2882 by turning on the "net.ipv4.ping_group_range" sysctl of the Linux
2883 kernel for the whole UNIX group range, i.e. all processes. This
2884 change should be reasonably safe, as the kernel support for it was
2885 specifically implemented to allow safe access to ICMP Echo for
2886 processes lacking any privileges. If this is not desirable, it can be
2887 disabled again by setting the parameter to "1 0".
2888
2889 * Previously, filters defined with SystemCallFilter= would have the
2890 effect that any calling of an offending system call would terminate
2891 the calling thread. This behaviour never made much sense, since
2892 killing individual threads of unsuspecting processes is likely to
2893 create more problems than it solves. With this release the default
2894 action changed from killing the thread to killing the whole
2895 process. For this to work correctly both a kernel version (>= 4.14)
2896 and a libseccomp version (>= 2.4.0) supporting this new seccomp
2897 action is required. If an older kernel or libseccomp is used the old
2898 behaviour continues to be used. This change does not affect any
2899 services that have no system call filters defined, or that use
2900 SystemCallErrorNumber= (and thus see EPERM or another error instead
2901 of being killed when calling an offending system call). Note that
2902 systemd documentation always claimed that the whole process is
2903 killed. With this change behaviour is thus adjusted to match the
2904 documentation.
2905
2906 * On 64 bit systems, the "kernel.pid_max" sysctl is now bumped to
2907 4194304 by default, i.e. the full 22bit range the kernel allows, up
2908 from the old 16bit range. This should improve security and
2909 robustness, as PID collisions are made less likely (though certainly
2910 still possible). There are rumours this might create compatibility
2911 problems, though at this moment no practical ones are known to
2912 us. Downstream distributions are hence advised to undo this change in
2913 their builds if they are concerned about maximum compatibility, but
2914 for everybody else we recommend leaving the value bumped. Besides
2915 improving security and robustness this should also simplify things as
2916 the maximum number of allowed concurrent tasks was previously bounded
2917 by both "kernel.pid_max" and "kernel.threads-max" and now effectively
2918 only a single knob is left ("kernel.threads-max"). There have been
2919 concerns that usability is affected by this change because larger PID
2920 numbers are harder to type, but we believe the change from 5 digits
2921 to 7 digits doesn't hamper usability.
2922
2923 * MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= gained hierarchy-aware counterparts,
2924 DefaultMemoryLow= and DefaultMemoryMin=, which can be used to
2925 hierarchically set default memory protection values for a particular
2926 subtree of the unit hierarchy.
2927
2928 * Memory protection directives can now take a value of zero, allowing
2929 explicit opting out of a default value propagated by an ancestor.
2930
2931 * systemd now defaults to the "unified" cgroup hierarchy setup during
2932 build-time, i.e. -Ddefault-hierarchy=unified is now the build-time
2933 default. Previously, -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid was the default. This
2934 change reflects the fact that cgroupsv2 support has matured
2935 substantially in both systemd and in the kernel, and is clearly the
2936 way forward. Downstream production distributions might want to
2937 continue to use -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid (or even =legacy) for
2938 their builds as unfortunately the popular container managers have not
2939 caught up with the kernel API changes.
2940
2941 * Man pages are not built by default anymore (html pages were already
2942 disabled by default), to make development builds quicker. When
2943 building systemd for a full installation with documentation, meson
2944 should be called with -Dman=true and/or -Dhtml=true as appropriate.
2945 The default was changed based on the assumption that quick one-off or
2946 repeated development builds are much more common than full optimized
2947 builds for installation, and people need to pass various other
2948 options to when doing "proper" builds anyway, so the gain from making
2949 development builds quicker is bigger than the one time disruption for
2950 packagers.
2951
2952 Two scripts are created in the *build* directory to generate and
2953 preview man and html pages on demand, e.g.:
2954
2955 build/man/man systemctl
2956 build/man/html systemd.index
2957
2958 * libidn2 is used by default if both libidn2 and libidn are installed.
2959 Please use -Dlibidn=true if libidn is preferred.
2960
2961 * The D-Bus "wire format" of the CPUAffinity= attribute is changed on
2962 big-endian machines. Before, bytes were written and read in native
2963 machine order as exposed by the native libc __cpu_mask interface.
2964 Now, little-endian order is always used (CPUs 0–7 are described by
2965 bits 0–7 in byte 0, CPUs 8–15 are described by byte 1, and so on).
2966 This change fixes D-Bus calls that cross endianness boundary.
2967
2968 The presentation format used for CPUAffinity= by "systemctl show" and
2969 "systemd-analyze dump" is changed to present CPU indices instead of
2970 the raw __cpu_mask bitmask. For example, CPUAffinity=0-1 would be
2971 shown as CPUAffinity=03000000000000000000000000000… (on
2972 little-endian) or CPUAffinity=00000000000000300000000000000… (on
2973 64-bit big-endian), and is now shown as CPUAffinity=0-1, matching the
2974 input format. The maximum integer that will be printed in the new
2975 format is 8191 (four digits), while the old format always used a very
2976 long number (with the length varying by architecture), so they can be
2977 unambiguously distinguished.
2978
2979 * /usr/sbin/halt.local is no longer supported. Implementation in
2980 distributions was inconsistent and it seems this functionality was
2981 very rarely used.
2982
2983 To replace this functionality, users should:
2984 - either define a new unit and make it a dependency of final.target
2985 (systemctl add-wants final.target my-halt-local.service)
2986 - or move the shutdown script to /usr/lib/systemd/system-shutdown/
2987 and ensure that it accepts "halt", "poweroff", "reboot", and
2988 "kexec" as an argument, see the description in systemd-shutdown(8).
2989
2990 * When a [Match] section in .link or .network file is empty (contains
2991 no match patterns), a warning will be emitted. Please add any "match
2992 all" pattern instead, e.g. OriginalName=* or Name=* in case all
2993 interfaces should really be matched.
2994
2995 * A new setting NUMAPolicy= may be used to set process memory
2996 allocation policy. This setting can be specified in
2997 /etc/systemd/system.conf and hence will set the default policy for
2998 PID1. The default policy can be overridden on a per-service
2999 basis. The related setting NUMAMask= is used to specify NUMA node
3000 mask that should be associated with the selected policy.
3001
3002 * PID 1 will now listen to Out-Of-Memory (OOM) events the kernel
3003 generates when processes it manages are reaching their memory limits,
3004 and will place their units in a special state, and optionally kill or
3005 stop the whole unit.
3006
3007 * The service manager will now expose bus properties for the IO
3008 resources used by units. This information is also shown in "systemctl
3009 status" now (for services that have IOAccounting=yes set). Moreover,
3010 the IO accounting data is included in the resource log message
3011 generated whenever a unit stops.
3012
3013 * Units may now configure an explicit timeout to wait for when killed
3014 with SIGABRT, for example when a service watchdog is hit. Previously,
3015 the regular TimeoutStopSec= timeout was applied in this case too —
3016 now a separate timeout may be set using TimeoutAbortSec=.
3017
3018 * Services may now send a special WATCHDOG=trigger message with
3019 sd_notify() to trigger an immediate "watchdog missed" event, and thus
3020 trigger service termination. This is useful both for testing watchdog
3021 handling, but also for defining error paths in services, that shall
3022 be handled the same way as watchdog events.
3023
3024 * There are two new per-unit settings IPIngressFilterPath= and
3025 IPEgressFilterPath= which allow configuration of a BPF program
3026 (usually by specifying a path to a program uploaded to /sys/fs/bpf/)
3027 to apply to the IP packet ingress/egress path of all processes of a
3028 unit. This is useful to allow running systemd services with BPF
3029 programs set up externally.
3030
3031 * systemctl gained a new "clean" verb for removing the state, cache,
3032 runtime or logs directories of a service while it is terminated. The
3033 new verb may also be used to remove the state maintained on disk for
3034 timer units that have Persistent= configured.
3035
3036 * During the last phase of shutdown systemd will now automatically
3037 increase the log level configured in the "kernel.printk" sysctl so
3038 that any relevant loggable events happening during late shutdown are
3039 made visible. Previously, loggable events happening so late during
3040 shutdown were generally lost if the "kernel.printk" sysctl was set to
3041 high thresholds, as regular logging daemons are terminated at that
3042 time and thus nothing is written to disk.
3043
3044 * If processes terminated during the last phase of shutdown do not exit
3045 quickly systemd will now show their names after a short time, to make
3046 debugging easier. After a longer timeout they are forcibly killed,
3047 as before.
3048
3049 * journalctl (and the other tools that display logs) will now highlight
3050 warnings in yellow (previously, both LOG_NOTICE and LOG_WARNING where
3051 shown in bright bold, now only LOG_NOTICE is). Moreover, audit logs
3052 are now shown in blue color, to separate them visually from regular
3053 logs. References to configuration files are now turned into clickable
3054 links on terminals that support that.
3055
3056 * systemd-journald will now stop logging to /var/log/journal during
3057 shutdown when /var/ is on a separate mount, so that it can be
3058 unmounted safely during shutdown.
3059
3060 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new 'strict' DNS-over-TLS mode.
3061
3062 * systemd-resolved "Cache=" configuration option in resolved.conf has
3063 been extended to also accept the 'no-negative' value. Previously,
3064 only a boolean option was allowed (yes/no), having yes as the
3065 default. If this option is set to 'no-negative', negative answers are
3066 not cached while the old cache heuristics are used positive answers.
3067 The default remains unchanged.
3068
3069 * The predictable naming scheme for network devices now supports
3070 generating predictable names for "netdevsim" devices.
3071
3072 Moreover, the "en" prefix was dropped from the ID_NET_NAME_ONBOARD
3073 udev property.
3074
3075 Those two changes form a new net.naming-policy-scheme= entry.
3076 Distributions which want to preserve naming stability may want to set
3077 the -Ddefault-net-naming-scheme= configuration option.
3078
3079 * systemd-networkd now supports MACsec, nlmon, IPVTAP and Xfrm
3080 interfaces natively.
3081
3082 * systemd-networkd's bridge FDB support now allows configuration of a
3083 destination address for each entry (Destination=), as well as the
3084 VXLAN VNI (VNI=), as well as an option to declare what an entry is
3085 associated with (AssociatedWith=).
3086
3087 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 support now understands a new MaxAttempts=
3088 option for configuring the maximum number of DHCP lease requests. It
3089 also learnt a new BlackList= option for deny-listing DHCP servers (a
3090 similar setting has also been added to the IPv6 RA client), as well
3091 as a SendRelease= option for configuring whether to send a DHCP
3092 RELEASE message when terminating.
3093
3094 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 stacks can now be configured
3095 separately in the [DHCPv4] and [DHCPv6] sections.
3096
3097 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support will now optionally create an
3098 implicit host route to the DNS server specified in the DHCP lease, in
3099 addition to the routes listed explicitly in the lease. This should
3100 ensure that in multi-homed systems DNS traffic leaves the systems on
3101 the interface that acquired the DNS server information even if other
3102 routes such as default routes exist. This behaviour may be turned on
3103 with the new RoutesToDNS= option.
3104
3105 * systemd-networkd's VXLAN support gained a new option
3106 GenericProtocolExtension= for enabling VXLAN Generic Protocol
3107 Extension support, as well as IPDoNotFragment= for setting the IP
3108 "Don't fragment" bit on outgoing packets. A similar option has been
3109 added to the GENEVE support.
3110
3111 * In systemd-networkd's [Route] section you may now configure
3112 FastOpenNoCookie= for configuring per-route TCP fast-open support, as
3113 well as TTLPropagate= for configuring Label Switched Path (LSP) TTL
3114 propagation. The Type= setting now supports local, broadcast,
3115 anycast, multicast, any, xresolve routes, too.
3116
3117 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section learnt a new option
3118 DefaultRouteOnDevice= for automatically configuring a default route
3119 onto the network device.
3120
3121 * systemd-networkd's bridging support gained two new options ProxyARP=
3122 and ProxyARPWifi= for configuring proxy ARP behaviour as well as
3123 MulticastRouter= for configuring multicast routing behaviour. A new
3124 option MulticastIGMPVersion= may be used to change bridge's multicast
3125 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) version.
3126
3127 * systemd-networkd's FooOverUDP support gained the ability to configure
3128 local and peer IP addresses via Local= and Peer=. A new option
3129 PeerPort= may be used to configure the peer's IP port.
3130
3131 * systemd-networkd's TUN support gained a new setting VnetHeader= for
3132 tweaking Generic Segment Offload support.
3133
3134 * The address family for policy rules may be specified using the new
3135 Family= option in the [RoutingPolicyRule] section.
3136
3137 * networkctl gained a new "delete" command for removing virtual network
3138 devices, as well as a new "--stats" switch for showing device
3139 statistics.
3140
3141 * networkd.conf gained a new setting SpeedMeter= and
3142 SpeedMeterIntervalSec=, to measure bitrate of network interfaces. The
3143 measured speed may be shown by 'networkctl status'.
3144
3145 * "networkctl status" now displays MTU and queue lengths, and more
3146 detailed information about VXLAN and bridge devices.
3147
3148 * systemd-networkd's .network and .link files gained a new Property=
3149 setting in the [Match] section, to match against devices with
3150 specific udev properties.
3151
3152 * systemd-networkd's tunnel support gained a new option
3153 AssignToLoopback= for selecting whether to use the loopback device
3154 "lo" as underlying device.
3155
3156 * systemd-networkd's MACAddress= setting in the [Neighbor] section has
3157 been renamed to LinkLayerAddress=, and it now allows configuration of
3158 IP addresses, too.
3159
3160 * systemd-networkd's handling of the kernel's disable_ipv6 sysctl is
3161 simplified: systemd-networkd will disable the sysctl (enable IPv6) if
3162 IPv6 configuration (static or DHCPv6) was found for a given
3163 interface. It will not touch the sysctl otherwise.
3164
3165 * The order of entries is $PATH used by the user manager instance was
3166 changed to put bin/ entries before the corresponding sbin/ entries.
3167 It is recommended to not rely on this order, and only ever have one
3168 binary with a given name in the system paths under /usr.
3169
3170 * A new tool systemd-network-generator has been added that may generate
3171 .network, .netdev and .link files from IP configuration specified on
3172 the kernel command line in the format used by Dracut.
3173
3174 * The CriticalConnection= setting in .network files is now deprecated,
3175 and replaced by a new KeepConfiguration= setting which allows more
3176 detailed configuration of the IP configuration to keep in place.
3177
3178 * systemd-analyze gained a few new verbs:
3179
3180 - "systemd-analyze timestamp" parses and converts timestamps. This is
3181 similar to the existing "systemd-analyze calendar" command which
3182 does the same for recurring calendar events.
3183
3184 - "systemd-analyze timespan" parses and converts timespans (i.e.
3185 durations as opposed to points in time).
3186
3187 - "systemd-analyze condition" will parse and test ConditionXYZ=
3188 expressions.
3189
3190 - "systemd-analyze exit-status" will parse and convert exit status
3191 codes to their names and back.
3192
3193 - "systemd-analyze unit-files" will print a list of all unit
3194 file paths and unit aliases.
3195
3196 * SuccessExitStatus=, RestartPreventExitStatus=, and
3197 RestartForceExitStatus= now accept exit status names (e.g. "DATAERR"
3198 is equivalent to "65"). Those exit status name mappings may be
3199 displayed with the systemd-analyze exit-status verb describe above.
3200
3201 * systemd-logind now exposes a per-session SetBrightness() bus call,
3202 which may be used to securely change the brightness of a kernel
3203 brightness device, if it belongs to the session's seat. By using this
3204 call unprivileged clients can make changes to "backlight" and "leds"
3205 devices securely with strict requirements on session membership.
3206 Desktop environments may use this to generically make brightness
3207 changes to such devices without shipping private SUID binaries or
3208 udev rules for that purpose.
3209
3210 * "udevadm info" gained a --wait-for-initialization switch to wait for
3211 a device to be initialized.
3212
3213 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now look for resumeflags= on
3214 the kernel command line, which is similar to rootflags= and may be
3215 used to configure device timeout for the hibernation device.
3216
3217 * sd-event learnt a new API call sd_event_source_disable_unref() for
3218 disabling and unref'ing an event source in a single function. A
3219 related call sd_event_source_disable_unrefp() has been added for use
3220 with gcc's cleanup extension.
3221
3222 * The sd-id128.h public API gained a new definition
3223 SD_ID128_UUID_FORMAT_STR for formatting a 128bit ID in UUID format
3224 with printf().
3225
3226 * "busctl introspect" gained a new switch --xml-interface for dumping
3227 XML introspection data unmodified.
3228
3229 * PID 1 may now show the unit name instead of the unit description
3230 string in its status output during boot. This may be configured in
3231 the StatusUnitFormat= setting in /etc/systemd/system.conf or the
3232 kernel command line option systemd.status_unit_format=.
3233
3234 * PID 1 now understands a new option KExecWatchdogSec= in
3235 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set a watchdog timeout for kexec reboots.
3236 Previously watchdog functionality was only available for regular
3237 reboots. The new setting defaults to off, because we don't know in
3238 the general case if the watchdog will be reset after kexec (some
3239 drivers do reset it, but not all), and the new userspace might not be
3240 configured to handle the watchdog.
3241
3242 Moreover, the old ShutdownWatchdogSec= setting has been renamed to
3243 RebootWatchdogSec= to more clearly communicate what it is about. The
3244 old name is still accepted for compatibility.
3245
3246 * The systemd.debug_shell kernel command line option now optionally
3247 takes a tty name to spawn the debug shell on, which allows a
3248 different tty to be selected than the built-in default.
3249
3250 * Service units gained a new ExecCondition= setting which will run
3251 before ExecStartPre= and either continue execution of the unit (for
3252 clean exit codes), stop execution without marking the unit failed
3253 (for exit codes 1 through 254), or stop execution and fail the unit
3254 (for exit code 255 or abnormal termination).
3255
3256 * A new service systemd-pstore.service has been added that pulls data
3257 from /sys/fs/pstore/ and saves it to /var/lib/pstore for later
3258 review.
3259
3260 * timedatectl gained new verbs for configuring per-interface NTP
3261 service configuration for systemd-timesyncd.
3262
3263 * "localectl list-locales" won't list non-UTF-8 locales anymore. It's
3264 2019. (You can set non-UTF-8 locales though, if you know their name.)
3265
3266 * If variable assignments in sysctl.d/ files are prefixed with "-" any
3267 failures to apply them are now ignored.
3268
3269 * systemd-random-seed.service now optionally credits entropy when
3270 applying the seed to the system. Set $SYSTEMD_RANDOM_SEED_CREDIT to
3271 true for the service to enable this behaviour, but please consult the
3272 documentation first, since this comes with a couple of caveats.
3273
3274 * systemd-random-seed.service is now a synchronization point for full
3275 initialization of the kernel's entropy pool. Services that require
3276 /dev/urandom to be correctly initialized should be ordered after this
3277 service.
3278
3279 * The systemd-boot boot loader has been updated to optionally maintain
3280 a random seed file in the EFI System Partition (ESP). During the boot
3281 phase, this random seed is read and updated with a new seed
3282 cryptographically derived from it. Another derived seed is passed to
3283 the OS. The latter seed is then credited to the kernel's entropy pool
3284 very early during userspace initialization (from PID 1). This allows
3285 systems to boot up with a fully initialized kernel entropy pool from
3286 earliest boot on, and thus entirely removes all entropy pool
3287 initialization delays from systems using systemd-boot. Special care
3288 is taken to ensure different seeds are derived on system images
3289 replicated to multiple systems. "bootctl status" will show whether
3290 a seed was received from the boot loader.
3291
3292 * bootctl gained two new verbs:
3293
3294 - "bootctl random-seed" will generate the file in ESP and an EFI
3295 variable to allow a random seed to be passed to the OS as described
3296 above.
3297
3298 - "bootctl is-installed" checks whether systemd-boot is currently
3299 installed.
3300
3301 * bootctl will warn if it detects that boot entries are misconfigured
3302 (for example if the kernel image was removed without purging the
3303 bootloader entry).
3304
3305 * A new document has been added describing systemd's use and support
3306 for the kernel's entropy pool subsystem:
3307
3308 https://systemd.io/RANDOM_SEEDS
3309
3310 * When the system is hibernated the swap device to write the
3311 hibernation image to is now automatically picked from all available
3312 swap devices, preferring the swap device with the highest configured
3313 priority over all others, and picking the device with the most free
3314 space if there are multiple devices with the highest priority.
3315
3316 * /etc/crypttab support has learnt a new keyfile-timeout= per-device
3317 option that permits selecting the timeout how long to wait for a
3318 device with an encryption key before asking for the password.
3319
3320 * IOWeight= has learnt to properly set the IO weight when using the
3321 BFQ scheduler officially found in kernels 5.0+.
3322
3323 * A new mailing list has been created for reporting of security issues:
3324 systemd-security@redhat.com. For mode details, see
3325 https://systemd.io/CONTRIBUTING#security-vulnerability-reports.
3326
3327 Contributions from: Aaron Barany, Adrian Bunk, Alan Jenkins, Albrecht
3328 Lohofener, Andrej Valek, Anita Zhang, Arian van Putten, Balint Reczey,
3329 Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benjamin Robin, camoz, Chen Qi, Chris
3330 Chiu, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christian Kellner, Clinton Roy,
3331 Connor Reeder, Daniel Black, Daniel Lublin, Daniele Medri, Dan
3332 Streetman, Dave Reisner, Dave Ross, David Art, David Tardon, Debarshi
3333 Ray, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominick Grift, Donald Buczek, Douglas
3334 Christman, Eric DeVolder, EtherGraf, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Feldwor,
3335 Felix Riemann, Florian Dollinger, Francesco Pennica, Franck Bui,
3336 Frantisek Sumsal, Franz Pletz, frederik, Hans de Goede, Iago López
3337 Galeiras, Insun Pyo, Ivan Shapovalov, Iwan Timmer, Jack, Jakob
3338 Unterwurzacher, Jan Chren, Jan Klötzke, Jan Losinski, Jan Pokorný, Jan
3339 Synacek, Jan-Michael Brummer, Jeka Pats, Jeremy Soller, Jérémy Rosen,
3340 Jiri Pirko, Joe Lin, Joerg Behrmann, Joe Richey, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
3341 Johannes Christ, Johannes Schmitz, Jonathan Rouleau, Jorge Niedbalski,
3342 Jörg Thalheim, Kai Krakow, Kai Lüke, Karel Zak, Kashyap Chamarthy,
3343 Krayushkin Konstantin, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luca
3344 Boccassi, Luís Ferreira, Marc-André Lureau, Markus Felten, Martin Pitt,
3345 Matthew Leeds, Mattias Jernberg, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
3346 Michael Prokop, Michael Stapelberg, Michael Zhivich, Michal Koutný,
3347 Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Milan Broz, Miroslav Lichvar, mpe85,
3348 Mr-Foo, Network Silence, Oliver Harley, pan93412, Paul Menzel, pEJipE,
3349 Peter A. Bigot, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Robert
3350 Scheck, Roberto Santalla, Ronan Pigott, root, RussianNeuroMancer,
3351 Sebastian Jennen, shinygold, Shreyas Behera, Simon Schricker, Susant
3352 Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Theo Ouzhinski, Thiebaud
3353 Weksteen, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tomas Mraz, Tommi Rantala,
3354 Topi Miettinen, VD-Lycos, ven, Vladimir Yerilov, Wieland Hoffmann,
3355 William A. Kennington III, William Wold, Xi Ruoyao, Yuri Chornoivan,
3356 Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei
3357
3358 – Camerino, 2019-09-03
3359
3360 CHANGES WITH 242:
3361
3362 * In .link files, MACAddressPolicy=persistent (the default) is changed
3363 to cover more devices. For devices like bridges, tun, tap, bond, and
3364 similar interfaces that do not have other identifying information,
3365 the interface name is used as the basis for persistent seed for MAC
3366 and IPv4LL addresses. The way that devices that were handled
3367 previously is not changed, and this change is about covering more
3368 devices then previously by the "persistent" policy.
3369
3370 MACAddressPolicy=random may be used to force randomized MACs and
3371 IPv4LL addresses for a device if desired.
3372
3373 Hint: the log output from udev (at debug level) was enhanced to
3374 clarify what policy is followed and which attributes are used.
3375 `SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL=debug udevadm test-builtin net_setup_link /sys/class/net/<name>`
3376 may be used to view this.
3377
3378 Hint: if a bridge interface is created without any slaves, and gains
3379 a slave later, then now the bridge does not inherit slave's MAC.
3380 To inherit slave's MAC, for example, create the following file:
3381 ```
3382 # /etc/systemd/network/98-bridge-inherit-mac.link
3383 [Match]
3384 Type=bridge
3385
3386 [Link]
3387 MACAddressPolicy=none
3388 ```
3389
3390 * The .device units generated by systemd-fstab-generator and other
3391 generators do not automatically pull in the corresponding .mount unit
3392 as a Wants= dependency. This means that simply plugging in the device
3393 will not cause the mount unit to be started automatically. But please
3394 note that the mount unit may be started for other reasons, in
3395 particular if it is part of local-fs.target, and any unit which
3396 (transitively) depends on local-fs.target is started.
3397
3398 * networkctl list/status/lldp now accept globbing wildcards for network
3399 interface names to match against all existing interfaces.
3400
3401 * The $PIDFILE environment variable is set to point the absolute path
3402 configured with PIDFile= for processes of that service.
3403
3404 * The fallback DNS server list was augmented with Cloudflare public DNS
3405 servers. Use `-Ddns-servers=` to set a different fallback.
3406
3407 * A new special target usb-gadget.target will be started automatically
3408 when a USB Device Controller is detected (which means that the system
3409 is a USB peripheral).
3410
3411 * A new unit setting CPUQuotaPeriodSec= assigns the time period
3412 relatively to which the CPU time quota specified by CPUQuota= is
3413 measured.
3414
3415 * A new unit setting ProtectHostname= may be used to prevent services
3416 from modifying hostname information (even if they otherwise would
3417 have privileges to do so).
3418
3419 * A new unit setting NetworkNamespacePath= may be used to specify a
3420 namespace for service or socket units through a path referring to a
3421 Linux network namespace pseudo-file.
3422
3423 * The PrivateNetwork= setting and JoinsNamespaceOf= dependencies now
3424 have an effect on .socket units: when used the listening socket is
3425 created within the configured network namespace instead of the host
3426 namespace.
3427
3428 * ExecStart= command lines in unit files may now be prefixed with ':'
3429 in which case environment variable substitution is
3430 disabled. (Supported for the other ExecXYZ= settings, too.)
3431
3432 * .timer units gained two new boolean settings OnClockChange= and
3433 OnTimezoneChange= which may be used to also trigger a unit when the
3434 system clock is changed or the local timezone is
3435 modified. systemd-run has been updated to make these options easily
3436 accessible from the command line for transient timers.
3437
3438 * Two new conditions for units have been added: ConditionMemory= may be
3439 used to conditionalize a unit based on installed system
3440 RAM. ConditionCPUs= may be used to conditionalize a unit based on
3441 installed CPU cores.
3442
3443 * The @default system call filter group understood by SystemCallFilter=
3444 has been updated to include the new rseq() system call introduced in
3445 kernel 4.15.
3446
3447 * A new time-set.target has been added that indicates that the system
3448 time has been set from a local source (possibly imprecise). The
3449 existing time-sync.target is stronger and indicates that the time has
3450 been synchronized with a precise external source. Services where
3451 approximate time is sufficient should use the new target.
3452
3453 * "systemctl start" (and related commands) learnt a new
3454 --show-transaction option. If specified brief information about all
3455 jobs queued because of the requested operation is shown.
3456
3457 * systemd-networkd recognizes a new operation state 'enslaved', used
3458 (instead of 'degraded' or 'carrier') for interfaces which form a
3459 bridge, bond, or similar, and an new 'degraded-carrier' operational
3460 state used for the bond or bridge master interface when one of the
3461 enslaved devices is not operational.
3462
3463 * .network files learnt the new IgnoreCarrierLoss= option for leaving
3464 networks configured even if the carrier is lost.
3465
3466 * The RequiredForOnline= setting in .network files may now specify a
3467 minimum operational state required for the interface to be considered
3468 "online" by systemd-networkd-wait-online. Related to this
3469 systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new option --operational-state=
3470 to configure the same, and its --interface= option was updated to
3471 optionally also take an operational state specific for an interface.
3472
3473 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new setting --any for waiting
3474 for only one of the requested interfaces instead of all of them.
3475
3476 * systemd-networkd now implements L2TP tunnels.
3477
3478 * Two new .network settings UseAutonomousPrefix= and UseOnLinkPrefix=
3479 may be used to cause autonomous and onlink prefixes received in IPv6
3480 Router Advertisements to be ignored.
3481
3482 * New MulticastFlood=, NeighborSuppression=, and Learning= .network
3483 file settings may be used to tweak bridge behaviour.
3484
3485 * The new TripleSampling= option in .network files may be used to
3486 configure CAN triple sampling.
3487
3488 * A new .netdev settings PrivateKeyFile= and PresharedKeyFile= may be
3489 used to point to private or preshared key for a WireGuard interface.
3490
3491 * /etc/crypttab now supports the same-cpu-crypt and
3492 submit-from-crypt-cpus options to tweak encryption work scheduling
3493 details.
3494
3495 * systemd-tmpfiles will now take a BSD file lock before operating on a
3496 contents of directory. This may be used to temporarily exclude
3497 directories from aging by taking the same lock (useful for example
3498 when extracting a tarball into /tmp or /var/tmp as a privileged user,
3499 which might create files with really old timestamps, which
3500 nevertheless should not be deleted). For further details, see:
3501
3502 https://systemd.io/TEMPORARY_DIRECTORIES
3503
3504 * systemd-tmpfiles' h line type gained support for the
3505 FS_PROJINHERIT_FL ('P') file attribute (introduced in kernel 4.5),
3506 controlling project quota inheritance.
3507
3508 * sd-boot and bootctl now implement support for an Extended Boot Loader
3509 (XBOOTLDR) partition, that is intended to be mounted to /boot, in
3510 addition to the ESP partition mounted to /efi or /boot/efi.
3511 Configuration file fragments, kernels, initrds and other EFI images
3512 to boot will be loaded from both the ESP and XBOOTLDR partitions.
3513 The XBOOTLDR partition was previously described by the Boot Loader
3514 Specification, but implementation was missing in sd-boot. Support for
3515 this concept allows using the sd-boot boot loader in more
3516 conservative scenarios where the boot loader itself is placed in the
3517 ESP but the kernels to boot (and their metadata) in a separate
3518 partition.
3519
3520 * A system may now be booted with systemd.volatile=overlay on the
3521 kernel command line, which causes the root file system to be set up
3522 an overlayfs mount combining the root-only root directory with a
3523 writable tmpfs. In this setup, the underlying root device is not
3524 modified, and any changes are lost at reboot.
3525
3526 * Similar, systemd-nspawn can now boot containers with a volatile
3527 overlayfs root with the new --volatile=overlay switch.
3528
3529 * systemd-nspawn can now consume OCI runtime bundles using a new
3530 --oci-bundle= option. This implementation is fully usable, with most
3531 features in the specification implemented, but since this a lot of
3532 new code and functionality, this feature should most likely not
3533 be used in production yet.
3534
3535 * systemd-nspawn now supports various options described by the OCI
3536 runtime specification on the command-line and in .nspawn files:
3537 --inaccessible=/Inaccessible= may be used to mask parts of the file
3538 system tree, --console=/--pipe may be used to configure how standard
3539 input, output, and error are set up.
3540
3541 * busctl learned the `emit` verb to generate D-Bus signals.
3542
3543 * systemd-analyze cat-config may be used to gather and display
3544 configuration spread over multiple files, for example system and user
3545 presets, tmpfiles.d, sysusers.d, udev rules, etc.
3546
3547 * systemd-analyze calendar now takes an optional new parameter
3548 --iterations= which may be used to show a maximum number of iterations
3549 the specified expression will elapse next.
3550
3551 * The sd-bus C API gained support for naming method parameters in the
3552 introspection data.
3553
3554 * systemd-logind gained D-Bus APIs to specify the "reboot parameter"
3555 the reboot() system call expects.
3556
3557 * journalctl learnt a new --cursor-file= option that points to a file
3558 from which a cursor should be loaded in the beginning and to which
3559 the updated cursor should be stored at the end.
3560
3561 * ACRN hypervisor and Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL) are now
3562 detected by systemd-detect-virt (and may also be used in
3563 ConditionVirtualization=).
3564
3565 * The behaviour of systemd-logind may now be modified with environment
3566 variables $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_FIRMWARE_SETUP,
3567 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_MENU, and
3568 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_ENTRY. They cause logind to either
3569 skip the relevant operation completely (when set to false), or to
3570 create a flag file in /run/systemd (when set to true), instead of
3571 actually commencing the real operation when requested. The presence
3572 of /run/systemd/reboot-to-firmware-setup,
3573 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-menu, and
3574 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-entry, may be used by alternative
3575 boot loader implementations to replace some steps logind performs
3576 during reboot with their own operations.
3577
3578 * systemctl can be used to request a reboot into the boot loader menu
3579 or a specific boot loader entry with the new --boot-load-menu= and
3580 --boot-loader-entry= options to a reboot command. (This requires a
3581 boot loader that supports this, for example sd-boot.)
3582
3583 * kernel-install will no longer unconditionally create the output
3584 directory (e.g. /efi/<machine-id>/<kernel-version>) for boot loader
3585 snippets, but will do only if the machine-specific parent directory
3586 (i.e. /efi/<machine-id>/) already exists. bootctl has been modified
3587 to create this parent directory during sd-boot installation.
3588
3589 This makes it easier to use kernel-install with plugins which support
3590 a different layout of the bootloader partitions (for example grub2).
3591
3592 * During package installation (with `ninja install`), we would create
3593 symlinks for getty@tty1.service, systemd-networkd.service,
3594 systemd-networkd.socket, systemd-resolved.service,
3595 remote-cryptsetup.target, remote-fs.target,
3596 systemd-networkd-wait-online.service, and systemd-timesyncd.service
3597 in /etc, as if `systemctl enable` was called for those units, to make
3598 the system usable immediately after installation. Now this is not
3599 done anymore, and instead calling `systemctl preset-all` is
3600 recommended after the first installation of systemd.
3601
3602 * A new boolean sandboxing option RestrictSUIDSGID= has been added that
3603 is built on seccomp. When turned on creation of SUID/SGID files is
3604 prohibited.
3605
3606 * The NoNewPrivileges= and the new RestrictSUIDSGID= options are now
3607 implied if DynamicUser= is turned on for a service. This hardens
3608 these services, so that they neither can benefit from nor create
3609 SUID/SGID executables. This is a minor compatibility breakage, given
3610 that when DynamicUser= was first introduced SUID/SGID behaviour was
3611 unaffected. However, the security benefit of these two options is
3612 substantial, and the setting is still relatively new, hence we opted
3613 to make it mandatory for services with dynamic users.
3614
3615 Contributions from: Adam Jackson, Alexander Tsoy, Andrey Yashkin,
3616 Andrzej Pietrasiewicz, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey, Beniamino Galvani,
3617 Ben Iofel, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Chris, Chris Morin,
3618 Christopher Wong, Claudius Ellsel, Clemens Gruber, dana, Daniel Black,
3619 Davide Cavalca, David Michael, David Rheinsberg, emersion, Evgeny
3620 Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal,
3621 Giacinto Cifelli, Hans de Goede, Hugo Kindel, Ignat Korchagin, Insun
3622 Pyo, Jan Engelhardt, Jonas Dorel, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathon Kowalski,
3623 Jörg Sommer, Jörg Thalheim, Jussi Pakkanen, Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart
3624 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luís Ferreira, Martin Pitt, Matthias
3625 Klumpp, Michael Biebl, Michael Niewöhner, Michael Olbrich, Michal
3626 Sekletar, Mike Lothian, Paul Menzel, Piotr Drąg, Riccardo Schirone,
3627 Robin Elvedi, Roman Kulikov, Ronald Tschalär, Ross Burton, Ryan
3628 Gonzalez, Sebastian Krzyszkowiak, Stephane Chazelas, StKob, Susant
3629 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Szabolcs Fruhwald, Taro Yamada, Theo
3630 Ouzhinski, Thomas Haller, Tobias Jungel, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson, Topi
3631 Miettinen, unixsysadmin, Van Laser, Vesa Jääskeläinen, Yu, Li-Yu,
3632 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3633
3634 — Warsaw, 2019-04-11
3635
3636 CHANGES WITH 241:
3637
3638 * The default locale can now be configured at compile time. Otherwise,
3639 a suitable default will be selected automatically (one of C.UTF-8,
3640 en_US.UTF-8, and C).
3641
3642 * The version string shown by systemd and other tools now includes the
3643 git commit hash when built from git. An override may be specified
3644 during compilation, which is intended to be used by distributions to
3645 include the package release information.
3646
3647 * systemd-cat can now filter standard input and standard error streams
3648 for different syslog priorities using the new --stderr-priority=
3649 option.
3650
3651 * systemd-journald and systemd-journal-remote reject entries which
3652 contain too many fields (CVE-2018-16865) and set limits on the
3653 process' command line length (CVE-2018-16864).
3654
3655 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is set by pam_systemd
3656 again.
3657
3658 * A new network device NamePolicy "keep" is implemented for link files,
3659 and used by default in 99-default.link (the fallback configuration
3660 provided by systemd). With this policy, if the network device name
3661 was already set by userspace, the device will not be renamed again.
3662 This matches the naming scheme that was implemented before
3663 systemd-240. If naming-scheme < 240 is specified, the "keep" policy
3664 is also enabled by default, even if not specified. Effectively, this
3665 means that if naming-scheme >= 240 is specified, network devices will
3666 be renamed according to the configuration, even if they have been
3667 renamed already, if "keep" is not specified as the naming policy in
3668 the .link file. The 99-default.link file provided by systemd includes
3669 "keep" for backwards compatibility, but it is recommended for user
3670 installed .link files to *not* include it.
3671
3672 The "kernel" policy, which keeps kernel names declared to be
3673 "persistent", now works again as documented.
3674
3675 * kernel-install script now optionally takes the paths to one or more
3676 initrd files, and passes them to all plugins.
3677
3678 * The mincore() system call has been dropped from the @system-service
3679 system call filter group, as it is pretty exotic and may potentially
3680 used for side-channel attacks.
3681
3682 * -fPIE is dropped from compiler and linker options. Please specify
3683 -Db_pie=true option to meson to build position-independent
3684 executables. Note that the meson option is supported since meson-0.49.
3685
3686 * The fs.protected_regular and fs.protected_fifos sysctls, which were
3687 added in Linux 4.19 to make some data spoofing attacks harder, are
3688 now enabled by default. While this will hopefully improve the
3689 security of most installations, it is technically a backwards
3690 incompatible change; to disable these sysctls again, place the
3691 following lines in /etc/sysctl.d/60-protected.conf or a similar file:
3692
3693 fs.protected_regular = 0
3694 fs.protected_fifos = 0
3695
3696 Note that the similar hardlink and symlink protection has been
3697 enabled since v199, and may be disabled likewise.
3698
3699 * The files read from the EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now
3700 parse backslashes inside quotes literally, matching the behaviour of
3701 POSIX shells.
3702
3703 * udevadm trigger, udevadm control, udevadm settle and udevadm monitor
3704 now automatically become NOPs when run in a chroot() environment.
3705
3706 * The tmpfiles.d/ "C" line type will now copy directory trees not only
3707 when the destination is so far missing, but also if it already exists
3708 as a directory and is empty. This is useful to cater for systems
3709 where directory trees are put together from multiple separate mount
3710 points but otherwise empty.
3711
3712 * A new function sd_bus_close_unref() (and the associated
3713 sd_bus_close_unrefp()) has been added to libsystemd, that combines
3714 sd_bus_close() and sd_bus_unref() in one.
3715
3716 * udevadm control learnt a new option for --ping for testing whether a
3717 systemd-udevd instance is running and reacting.
3718
3719 * udevadm trigger learnt a new option for --wait-daemon for waiting
3720 systemd-udevd daemon to be initialized.
3721
3722 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alberts Muktupāvels, Alex Mayer,
3723 Ayman Bagabas, Beniamino Galvani, Burt P, Chris Down, Chris Lamb, Chris
3724 Morin, Christian Hesse, Claudius Ellsel, dana, Daniel Axtens, Daniele
3725 Medri, Dave Reisner, David Santamaría Rogado, Diego Canuhe, Dimitri
3726 John Ledkov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Filipe
3727 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, govwin, Hans de Goede,
3728 James Hilliard, Jan Engelhardt, Jani Uusitalo, Jan Janssen, Jan
3729 Synacek, Jonathan McDowell, Jonathan Roemer, Jonathon Kowalski, Joost
3730 Heitbrink, Jörg Thalheim, Lance, Lennart Poettering, Louis Taylor,
3731 Lucas Werkmeister, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
3732 marvelousblack, Michael Biebl, Michael Sloan, Michal Sekletar, Mike
3733 Auty, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Neil Brown, Niklas Hambüchen,
3734 Patrick Williams, Paul Seyfert, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Roger
3735 James, Ronnie P. Thomas, Ryan Gonzalez, Sam Morris, Stephan Edel,
3736 Stephan Gerhold, Susant Sahani, Taro Yamada, Thomas Haller, Topi
3737 Miettinen, YiFei Zhu, YmrDtnJu, YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
3738 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsergeant77, Дамјан Георгиевски
3739
3740 — Berlin, 2019-02-14
3741
3742 CHANGES WITH 240:
3743
3744 * NoNewPrivileges=yes has been set for all long-running services
3745 implemented by systemd. Previously, this was problematic due to
3746 SELinux (as this would also prohibit the transition from PID1's label
3747 to the service's label). This restriction has since been lifted, but
3748 an SELinux policy update is required.
3749 (See e.g. https://github.com/fedora-selinux/selinux-policy/pull/234.)
3750
3751 * DynamicUser=yes is dropped from systemd-networkd.service,
3752 systemd-resolved.service and systemd-timesyncd.service, which was
3753 enabled in v239 for systemd-networkd.service and systemd-resolved.service,
3754 and since v236 for systemd-timesyncd.service. The users and groups
3755 systemd-network, systemd-resolve and systemd-timesync are created
3756 by systemd-sysusers again. Distributors or system administrators
3757 may need to create these users and groups if they not exist (or need
3758 to re-enable DynamicUser= for those units) while upgrading systemd.
3759 Also, the clock file for systemd-timesyncd may need to move from
3760 /var/lib/private/systemd/timesync/clock to /var/lib/systemd/timesync/clock.
3761
3762 * When unit files are loaded from disk, previously systemd would
3763 sometimes (depending on the unit loading order) load units from the
3764 target path of symlinks in .wants/ or .requires/ directories of other
3765 units. This meant that unit could be loaded from different paths
3766 depending on whether the unit was requested explicitly or as a
3767 dependency of another unit, not honouring the priority of directories
3768 in search path. It also meant that it was possible to successfully
3769 load and start units which are not found in the unit search path, as
3770 long as they were requested as a dependency and linked to from
3771 .wants/ or .requires/. The target paths of those symlinks are not
3772 used for loading units anymore and the unit file must be found in
3773 the search path.
3774
3775 * A new service type has been added: Type=exec. It's very similar to
3776 Type=simple but ensures the service manager will wait for both fork()
3777 and execve() of the main service binary to complete before proceeding
3778 with follow-up units. This is primarily useful so that the manager
3779 propagates any errors in the preparation phase of service execution
3780 back to the job that requested the unit to be started. For example,
3781 consider a service that has ExecStart= set to a file system binary
3782 that doesn't exist. With Type=simple starting the unit would be
3783 considered instantly successful, as only fork() has to complete
3784 successfully and the manager does not wait for execve(), and hence
3785 its failure is seen "too late". With the new Type=exec service type
3786 starting the unit will fail, as the manager will wait for the
3787 execve() and notice its failure, which is then propagated back to the
3788 start job.
3789
3790 NOTE: with the next release 241 of systemd we intend to change the
3791 systemd-run tool to default to Type=exec for transient services
3792 started by it. This should be mostly safe, but in specific corner
3793 cases might result in problems, as the systemd-run tool will then
3794 block on NSS calls (such as user name look-ups due to User=) done
3795 between the fork() and execve(), which under specific circumstances
3796 might cause problems. It is recommended to specify "-p Type=simple"
3797 explicitly in the few cases where this applies. For regular,
3798 non-transient services (i.e. those defined with unit files on disk)
3799 we will continue to default to Type=simple.
3800
3801 * The Linux kernel's current default RLIMIT_NOFILE resource limit for
3802 userspace processes is set to 1024 (soft) and 4096
3803 (hard). Previously, systemd passed this on unmodified to all
3804 processes it forked off. With this systemd release the hard limit
3805 systemd passes on is increased to 512K, overriding the kernel's
3806 defaults and substantially increasing the number of simultaneous file
3807 descriptors unprivileged userspace processes can allocate. Note that
3808 the soft limit remains at 1024 for compatibility reasons: the
3809 traditional UNIX select() call cannot deal with file descriptors >=
3810 1024 and increasing the soft limit globally might thus result in
3811 programs unexpectedly allocating a high file descriptor and thus
3812 failing abnormally when attempting to use it with select() (of
3813 course, programs shouldn't use select() anymore, and prefer
3814 poll()/epoll, but the call unfortunately remains undeservedly popular
3815 at this time). This change reflects the fact that file descriptor
3816 handling in the Linux kernel has been optimized in more recent
3817 kernels and allocating large numbers of them should be much cheaper
3818 both in memory and in performance than it used to be. Programs that
3819 want to take benefit of the increased limit have to "opt-in" into
3820 high file descriptors explicitly by raising their soft limit. Of
3821 course, when they do that they must acknowledge that they cannot use
3822 select() anymore (and neither can any shared library they use — or
3823 any shared library used by any shared library they use and so on).
3824 Which default hard limit is most appropriate is of course hard to
3825 decide. However, given reports that ~300K file descriptors are used
3826 in real-life applications we believe 512K is sufficiently high as new
3827 default for now. Note that there are also reports that using very
3828 high hard limits (e.g. 1G) is problematic: some software allocates
3829 large arrays with one element for each potential file descriptor
3830 (Java, …) — a high hard limit thus triggers excessively large memory
3831 allocations in these applications. Hopefully, the new default of 512K
3832 is a good middle ground: higher than what real-life applications
3833 currently need, and low enough for avoid triggering excessively large
3834 allocations in problematic software. (And yes, somebody should fix
3835 Java.)
3836
3837 * The fs.nr_open and fs.file-max sysctls are now automatically bumped
3838 to the highest possible values, as separate accounting of file
3839 descriptors is no longer necessary, as memcg tracks them correctly as
3840 part of the memory accounting anyway. Thus, from the four limits on
3841 file descriptors currently enforced (fs.file-max, fs.nr_open,
3842 RLIMIT_NOFILE hard, RLIMIT_NOFILE soft) we turn off the first two,
3843 and keep only the latter two. A set of build-time options
3844 (-Dbump-proc-sys-fs-file-max=false and -Dbump-proc-sys-fs-nr-open=false)
3845 has been added to revert this change in behaviour, which might be
3846 an option for systems that turn off memcg in the kernel.
3847
3848 * When no /etc/locale.conf file exists (and hence no locale settings
3849 are in place), systemd will now use the "C.UTF-8" locale by default,
3850 and set LANG= to it. This locale is supported by various
3851 distributions including Fedora, with clear indications that upstream
3852 glibc is going to make it available too. This locale enables UTF-8
3853 mode by default, which appears appropriate for 2018.
3854
3855 * The "net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter" sysctl will now be set to 2 by
3856 default. This effectively switches the RFC3704 Reverse Path filtering
3857 from Strict mode to Loose mode. This is more appropriate for hosts
3858 that have multiple links with routes to the same networks (e.g.
3859 a client with a Wi-Fi and Ethernet both connected to the internet).
3860
3861 Consult the kernel documentation for details on this sysctl:
3862 https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
3863
3864 * CPUAccounting=yes no longer enables the CPU controller when using
3865 kernel 4.15+ and the unified cgroup hierarchy, as required accounting
3866 statistics are now provided independently from the CPU controller.
3867
3868 * Support for disabling a particular cgroup controller within a sub-tree
3869 has been added through the DisableControllers= directive.
3870
3871 * cgroup_no_v1=all on the kernel command line now also implies
3872 using the unified cgroup hierarchy, unless one explicitly passes
3873 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=0 on the kernel command line.
3874
3875 * The new "MemoryMin=" unit file property may now be used to set the
3876 memory usage protection limit of processes invoked by the unit. This
3877 controls the cgroup v2 memory.min attribute. Similarly, the new
3878 "IODeviceLatencyTargetSec=" property has been added, wrapping the new
3879 cgroup v2 io.latency cgroup property for configuring per-service I/O
3880 latency.
3881
3882 * systemd now supports the cgroup v2 devices BPF logic, as counterpart
3883 to the cgroup v1 "devices" cgroup controller.
3884
3885 * systemd-escape now is able to combine --unescape with --template. It
3886 also learnt a new option --instance for extracting and unescaping the
3887 instance part of a unit name.
3888
3889 * sd-bus now provides the sd_bus_message_readv() which is similar to
3890 sd_bus_message_read() but takes a va_list object. The pair
3891 sd_bus_set_method_call_timeout() and sd_bus_get_method_call_timeout()
3892 has been added for configuring the default method call timeout to
3893 use. sd_bus_error_move() may be used to efficiently move the contents
3894 from one sd_bus_error structure to another, invalidating the
3895 source. sd_bus_set_close_on_exit() and sd_bus_get_close_on_exit() may
3896 be used to control whether a bus connection object is automatically
3897 flushed when an sd-event loop is exited.
3898
3899 * When processing classic BSD syslog log messages, journald will now
3900 save the original time-stamp string supplied in the new
3901 SYSLOG_TIMESTAMP= journal field. This permits consumers to
3902 reconstruct the original BSD syslog message more correctly.
3903
3904 * StandardOutput=/StandardError= in service files gained support for
3905 new "append:…" parameters, for connecting STDOUT/STDERR of a service
3906 to a file, and appending to it.
3907
3908 * The signal to use as last step of killing of unit processes is now
3909 configurable. Previously it was hard-coded to SIGKILL, which may now
3910 be overridden with the new KillSignal= setting. Note that this is the
3911 signal used when regular termination (i.e. SIGTERM) does not suffice.
3912 Similarly, the signal used when aborting a program in case of a
3913 watchdog timeout may now be configured too (WatchdogSignal=).
3914
3915 * The XDG_SESSION_DESKTOP environment variable may now be configured in
3916 the pam_systemd argument line, using the new desktop= switch. This is
3917 useful to initialize it properly from a display manager without
3918 having to touch C code.
3919
3920 * Most configuration options that previously accepted percentage values
3921 now also accept permille values with the '‰' suffix (instead of '%').
3922
3923 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use OpenSSL instead of GnuTLS for
3924 DNS-over-TLS.
3925
3926 * systemd-resolved's configuration file resolved.conf gained a new
3927 option ReadEtcHosts= which may be used to turn off processing and
3928 honoring /etc/hosts entries.
3929
3930 * The "--wait" switch may now be passed to "systemctl
3931 is-system-running", in which case the tool will synchronously wait
3932 until the system finished start-up.
3933
3934 * hostnamed gained a new bus call to determine the DMI product UUID.
3935
3936 * On x86-64 systemd will now prefer using the RDRAND processor
3937 instruction over /dev/urandom whenever it requires randomness that
3938 neither has to be crypto-grade nor should be reproducible. This
3939 should substantially reduce the amount of entropy systemd requests
3940 from the kernel during initialization on such systems, though not
3941 reduce it to zero. (Why not zero? systemd still needs to allocate
3942 UUIDs and such uniquely, which require high-quality randomness.)
3943
3944 * networkd gained support for Foo-Over-UDP, ERSPAN and ISATAP
3945 tunnels. It also gained a new option ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation=
3946 for forcing the "Other Information" bit in IPv6 RA messages. The
3947 bonding logic gained four new options AdActorSystemPriority=,
3948 AdUserPortKey=, AdActorSystem= for configuring various 802.3ad
3949 aspects, and DynamicTransmitLoadBalancing= for enabling dynamic
3950 shuffling of flows. The tunnel logic gained a new
3951 IPv6RapidDeploymentPrefix= option for configuring IPv6 Rapid
3952 Deployment. The policy rule logic gained four new options IPProtocol=,
3953 SourcePort= and DestinationPort=, InvertRule=. The bridge logic gained
3954 support for the MulticastToUnicast= option. networkd also gained
3955 support for configuring static IPv4 ARP or IPv6 neighbor entries.
3956
3957 * .preset files (as read by 'systemctl preset') may now be used to
3958 instantiate services.
3959
3960 * /etc/crypttab now understands the sector-size= option to configure
3961 the sector size for an encrypted partition.
3962
3963 * Key material for encrypted disks may now be placed on a formatted
3964 medium, and referenced from /etc/crypttab by the UUID of the file
3965 system, followed by "=" suffixed by the path to the key file.
3966
3967 * The "collect" udev component has been removed without replacement, as
3968 it is neither used nor maintained.
3969
3970 * When the RuntimeDirectory=, StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
3971 LogsDirectory=, ConfigurationDirectory= settings are used in a
3972 service the executed processes will now receive a set of environment
3973 variables containing the full paths of these directories.
3974 Specifically, RUNTIME_DIRECTORY=, STATE_DIRECTORY, CACHE_DIRECTORY,
3975 LOGS_DIRECTORY, CONFIGURATION_DIRECTORY are now set if these options
3976 are used. Note that these options may be used multiple times per
3977 service in which case the resulting paths will be concatenated and
3978 separated by colons.
3979
3980 * Predictable interface naming has been extended to cover InfiniBand
3981 NICs. They will be exposed with an "ib" prefix.
3982
3983 * tmpfiles.d/ line types may now be suffixed with a '-' character, in
3984 which case the respective line failing is ignored.
3985
3986 * .link files may now be used to configure the equivalent to the
3987 "ethtool advertise" commands.
3988
3989 * The sd-device.h and sd-hwdb.h APIs are now exported, as an
3990 alternative to libudev.h. Previously, the latter was just an internal
3991 wrapper around the former, but now these two APIs are exposed
3992 directly.
3993
3994 * sd-id128.h gained a new function sd_id128_get_boot_app_specific()
3995 which calculates an app-specific boot ID similar to how
3996 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() generates an app-specific machine
3997 ID.
3998
3999 * A new tool systemd-id128 has been added that can be used to determine
4000 and generate various 128bit IDs.
4001
4002 * /etc/os-release gained two new standardized fields DOCUMENTATION_URL=
4003 and LOGO=.
4004
4005 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now honor the "noresume"
4006 kernel command line option, in which case it will bypass resuming
4007 from any hibernated image.
4008
4009 * The systemd-sleep.conf configuration file gained new options
4010 AllowSuspend=, AllowHibernation=, AllowSuspendThenHibernate=,
4011 AllowHybridSleep= for prohibiting specific sleep modes even if the
4012 kernel exports them.
4013
4014 * portablectl is now officially supported and has thus moved to
4015 /usr/bin/.
4016
4017 * bootctl learnt the two new commands "set-default" and "set-oneshot"
4018 for setting the default boot loader item to boot to (either
4019 persistently or only for the next boot). This is currently only
4020 compatible with sd-boot, but may be implemented on other boot loaders
4021 too, that follow the boot loader interface. The updated interface is
4022 now documented here:
4023
4024 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
4025
4026 * A new kernel command line option systemd.early_core_pattern= is now
4027 understood which may be used to influence the core_pattern PID 1
4028 installs during early boot.
4029
4030 * busctl learnt two new options -j and --json= for outputting method
4031 call replies, properties and monitoring output in JSON.
4032
4033 * journalctl's JSON output now supports simple ANSI coloring as well as
4034 a new "json-seq" mode for generating RFC7464 output.
4035
4036 * Unit files now support the %g/%G specifiers that resolve to the UNIX
4037 group/GID of the service manager runs as, similar to the existing
4038 %u/%U specifiers that resolve to the UNIX user/UID.
4039
4040 * systemd-logind learnt a new global configuration option
4041 UserStopDelaySec= that may be set in logind.conf. It specifies how
4042 long the systemd --user instance shall remain started after a user
4043 logs out. This is useful to speed up repetitive re-connections of the
4044 same user, as it means the user's service manager doesn't have to be
4045 stopped/restarted on each iteration, but can be reused between
4046 subsequent options. This setting defaults to 10s. systemd-logind also
4047 exports two new properties on its Manager D-Bus objects indicating
4048 whether the system's lid is currently closed, and whether the system
4049 is on AC power.
4050
4051 * systemd gained support for a generic boot counting logic, which
4052 generically permits automatic reverting to older boot loader entries
4053 if newer updated ones don't work. The boot loader side is implemented
4054 in sd-boot, but is kept open for other boot loaders too. For details
4055 see:
4056
4057 https://systemd.io/AUTOMATIC_BOOT_ASSESSMENT
4058
4059 * The SuccessAction=/FailureAction= unit file settings now learnt two
4060 new parameters: "exit" and "exit-force", which result in immediate
4061 exiting of the service manager, and are only useful in systemd --user
4062 and container environments.
4063
4064 * Unit files gained support for a pair of options
4065 FailureActionExitStatus=/SuccessActionExitStatus= for configuring the
4066 exit status to use as service manager exit status when
4067 SuccessAction=/FailureAction= is set to exit or exit-force.
4068
4069 * A pair of LogRateLimitIntervalSec=/LogRateLimitBurst= per-service
4070 options may now be used to configure the log rate limiting applied by
4071 journald per-service.
4072
4073 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "timespan" for parsing and
4074 normalizing time span values (i.e. strings like "5min 7s 8us").
4075
4076 * systemd-analyze also gained a new verb "security" for analyzing the
4077 security and sand-boxing settings of services in order to determine an
4078 "exposure level" for them, indicating whether a service would benefit
4079 from more sand-boxing options turned on for them.
4080
4081 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now also show system calls
4082 supported by the local kernel but not included in any of the defined
4083 groups.
4084
4085 * .nspawn files now understand the Ephemeral= setting, matching the
4086 --ephemeral command line switch.
4087
4088 * sd-event gained the new APIs sd_event_source_get_floating() and
4089 sd_event_source_set_floating() for controlling whether a specific
4090 event source is "floating", i.e. destroyed along with the even loop
4091 object itself.
4092
4093 * Unit objects on D-Bus gained a new "Refs" property that lists all
4094 clients that currently have a reference on the unit (to ensure it is
4095 not unloaded).
4096
4097 * The JoinControllers= option in system.conf is no longer supported, as
4098 it didn't work correctly, is hard to support properly, is legacy (as
4099 the concept only exists on cgroup v1) and apparently wasn't used.
4100
4101 * Journal messages that are generated whenever a unit enters the failed
4102 state are now tagged with a unique MESSAGE_ID. Similarly, messages
4103 generated whenever a service process exits are now made recognizable,
4104 too. A tagged message is also emitted whenever a unit enters the
4105 "dead" state on success.
4106
4107 * systemd-run gained a new switch --working-directory= for configuring
4108 the working directory of the service to start. A shortcut -d is
4109 equivalent, setting the working directory of the service to the
4110 current working directory of the invoking program. The new --shell
4111 (or just -S) option has been added for invoking the $SHELL of the
4112 caller as a service, and implies --pty --same-dir --wait --collect
4113 --service-type=exec. Or in other words, "systemd-run -S" is now the
4114 quickest way to quickly get an interactive in a fully clean and
4115 well-defined system service context.
4116
4117 * machinectl gained a new verb "import-fs" for importing an OS tree
4118 from a directory. Moreover, when a directory or tarball is imported
4119 and single top-level directory found with the OS itself below the OS
4120 tree is automatically mangled and moved one level up.
4121
4122 * systemd-importd will no longer set up an implicit btrfs loop-back
4123 file system on /var/lib/machines. If one is already set up, it will
4124 continue to be used.
4125
4126 * A new generator "systemd-run-generator" has been added. It will
4127 synthesize a unit from one or more program command lines included in
4128 the kernel command line. This is very useful in container managers
4129 for example:
4130
4131 # systemd-nspawn -i someimage.raw -b systemd.run='"some command line"'
4132
4133 This will run "systemd-nspawn" on an image, invoke the specified
4134 command line and immediately shut down the container again, returning
4135 the command line's exit code.
4136
4137 * The block device locking logic is now documented:
4138
4139 https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING
4140
4141 * loginctl and machinectl now optionally output the various tables in
4142 JSON using the --output= switch. It is our intention to add similar
4143 support to systemctl and all other commands.
4144
4145 * udevadm's query and trigger verb now optionally take a .device unit
4146 name as argument.
4147
4148 * systemd-udevd's network naming logic now understands a new
4149 net.naming-scheme= kernel command line switch, which may be used to
4150 pick a specific version of the naming scheme. This helps stabilizing
4151 interface names even as systemd/udev are updated and the naming logic
4152 is improved.
4153
4154 * sd-id128.h learnt two new auxiliary helpers: sd_id128_is_allf() and
4155 SD_ID128_ALLF to test if a 128bit ID is set to all 0xFF bytes, and to
4156 initialize one to all 0xFF.
4157
4158 * After loading the SELinux policy systemd will now recursively relabel
4159 all files and directories listed in
4160 /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/*.relabel (which should be simple
4161 newline separated lists of paths) in addition to the ones it already
4162 implicitly relabels in /run, /dev and /sys. After the relabelling is
4163 completed the *.relabel files (and /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/) are
4164 removed. This is useful to permit initrds (i.e. code running before
4165 the SELinux policy is in effect) to generate files in the host
4166 filesystem safely and ensure that the correct label is applied during
4167 the transition to the host OS.
4168
4169 * KERNEL API BREAKAGE: Linux kernel 4.18 changed behaviour regarding
4170 mknod() handling in user namespaces. Previously mknod() would always
4171 fail with EPERM in user namespaces. Since 4.18 mknod() will succeed
4172 but device nodes generated that way cannot be opened, and attempts to
4173 open them result in EPERM. This breaks the "graceful fallback" logic
4174 in systemd's PrivateDevices= sand-boxing option. This option is
4175 implemented defensively, so that when systemd detects it runs in a
4176 restricted environment (such as a user namespace, or an environment
4177 where mknod() is blocked through seccomp or absence of CAP_SYS_MKNOD)
4178 where device nodes cannot be created the effect of PrivateDevices= is
4179 bypassed (following the logic that 2nd-level sand-boxing is not
4180 essential if the system systemd runs in is itself already sand-boxed
4181 as a whole). This logic breaks with 4.18 in container managers where
4182 user namespacing is used: suddenly PrivateDevices= succeeds setting
4183 up a private /dev/ file system containing devices nodes — but when
4184 these are opened they don't work.
4185
4186 At this point it is recommended that container managers utilizing
4187 user namespaces that intend to run systemd in the payload explicitly
4188 block mknod() with seccomp or similar, so that the graceful fallback
4189 logic works again.
4190
4191 We are very sorry for the breakage and the requirement to change
4192 container configurations for newer kernels. It's purely caused by an
4193 incompatible kernel change. The relevant kernel developers have been
4194 notified about this userspace breakage quickly, but they chose to
4195 ignore it.
4196
4197 * PermissionsStartOnly= setting is deprecated (but is still supported
4198 for backwards compatibility). The same functionality is provided by
4199 the more flexible "+", "!", and "!!" prefixes to ExecStart= and other
4200 commands.
4201
4202 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is not set by
4203 pam_systemd anymore.
4204
4205 * The naming scheme for network devices was changed to always rename
4206 devices, even if they were already renamed by userspace. The "kernel"
4207 policy was changed to only apply as a fallback, if no other naming
4208 policy took effect.
4209
4210 * The requirements to build systemd is bumped to meson-0.46 and
4211 python-3.5.
4212
4213 Contributions from: afg, Alan Jenkins, Aleksei Timofeyev, Alexander
4214 Filippov, Alexander Kurtz, Alexey Bogdanenko, Andreas Henriksson,
4215 Andrew Jorgensen, Anita Zhang, apnix-uk, Arkan49, Arseny Maslennikov,
4216 asavah, Asbjørn Apeland, aszlig, Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benedikt
4217 Morbach, Benjamin Berg, Bruce Zhang, Carlo Caione, Cedric Viou, Chen
4218 Qi, Chris Chiu, Chris Down, Chris Morin, Christian Rebischke, Claudius
4219 Ellsel, Colin Guthrie, dana, Daniel, Daniele Medri, Daniel Kahn
4220 Gillmor, Daniel Rusek, Daniel van Vugt, Dariusz Gadomski, Dave Reisner,
4221 David Anderson, Davide Cavalca, David Leeds, David Malcolm, David
4222 Strauss, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Torokhov, dj-kaktus,
4223 Dongsu Park, Elias Probst, Emil Soleyman, Erik Kooistra, Ervin Peters,
4224 Evgeni Golov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Faheel Ahmad,
4225 Faizal Luthfi, Felix Yan, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frank
4226 Schaefer, Frantisek Sumsal, Gautier Husson, Gianluca Boiano, Giuseppe
4227 Scrivano, glitsj16, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Harry Mallon, Harshit
4228 Jain, Helmut Grohne, Henry Tung, Hui Yiqun, imayoda, Insun Pyo, Iwan
4229 Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
4230 javitoom, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jeremy Su, Jiuyang Liu, João Paulo Rechi
4231 Vita, Joe Hershberger, Joe Rayhawk, Joerg Behrmann, Joerg Steffens,
4232 Jonas Dorel, Jon Ringle, Josh Soref, Julian Andres Klode, Jun Bo Bi,
4233 Jürg Billeter, Keith Busch, Khem Raj, Kirill Marinushkin, Larry
4234 Bernstone, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Li Song, Lorenz
4235 Hübschle-Schneider, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Ludwin Janvier,
4236 Lukáš Nykrýn, Luke Shumaker, mal, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcin
4237 Skarbek, Marco Trevisan (Treviño), Marian Cepok, Mario Hros, Marko
4238 Myllynen, Markus Grimm, Martin Pitt, Martin Sobotka, Martin Wilck,
4239 Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matthew Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
4240 Michael 'pbone' Pobega, Michael Scherer, Michal Koutný, Michal
4241 Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike Gilbert, Mike Palmer, Muhammet Kara, Neal
4242 Gompa, Neil Brown, Network Silence, Niklas Tibbling, Nikolas Nyby,
4243 Nogisaka Sadata, Oliver Smith, Patrik Flykt, Pavel Hrdina, Paweł
4244 Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reinhold Mueller,
4245 Renaud Métrich, Roman Gushchin, Ronny Chevalier, Rubén Suárez Alvarez,
4246 Ruixin Bao, RussianNeuroMancer, Ryutaroh Matsumoto, Saleem Rashid, Sam
4247 Morris, Samuel Morris, Sandy Carter, scootergrisen, Sébastien Bacher,
4248 Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shengyao Xue, Shih-Yuan Lee
4249 (FourDollars), Silvio Knizek, Sjoerd Simons, Stasiek Michalski, Stephen
4250 Gallagher, Steven Allen, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani, Sven Joachim,
4251 Sylvain Plantefève, Tanu Kaskinen, Tejun Heo, Thiago Macieira, Thomas
4252 Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tim Ruffing, TJ, Tobias
4253 Jungel, Todd Walton, Tommi Rantala, Tomsod M, Tony Novak, Tore
4254 Anderson, Trevonn, Victor Laskurain, Victor Tapia, Violet Halo, Vojtech
4255 Trefny, welaq, William A. Kennington III, William Douglas, Wyatt Ward,
4256 Xiang Fan, Xi Ruoyao, Xuanwo, Yann E. Morin, YmrDtnJu, Yu Watanabe,
4257 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei, Zsolt Dollenstein
4258
4259 — Warsaw, 2018-12-21
4260
4261 CHANGES WITH 239:
4262
4263 * NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE NAMING CHANGES: systemd-udevd's "net_id"
4264 builtin will name network interfaces differently than in previous
4265 versions for virtual network interfaces created with SR-IOV and NPAR
4266 and for devices where the PCI network controller device does not have
4267 a slot number associated.
4268
4269 SR-IOV virtual devices are now named based on the name of the parent
4270 interface, with a suffix of "v<N>", where <N> is the virtual device
4271 number. Previously those virtual devices were named as if completely
4272 independent.
4273
4274 The ninth and later NPAR virtual devices will be named following the
4275 scheme used for the first eight NPAR partitions. Previously those
4276 devices were not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
4277
4278 "net_id" will also generate names for PCI devices where the PCI
4279 network controller device does not have an associated slot number
4280 itself, but one of its parents does. Previously those devices were
4281 not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
4282
4283 * AF_INET and AF_INET6 are dropped from RestrictAddressFamilies= in
4284 systemd-logind.service. Since v235, IPAddressDeny=any has been set to
4285 the unit. So, it is expected that the default behavior of
4286 systemd-logind is not changed. However, if distribution packagers or
4287 administrators disabled or modified IPAddressDeny= setting by a
4288 drop-in config file, then it may be necessary to update the file to
4289 re-enable AF_INET and AF_INET6 to support network user name services,
4290 e.g. NIS.
4291
4292 * When the RestrictNamespaces= unit property is specified multiple
4293 times, then the specified types are merged now. Previously, only the
4294 last assignment was used. So, if distribution packagers or
4295 administrators modified the setting by a drop-in config file, then it
4296 may be necessary to update the file.
4297
4298 * When OnFailure= is used in combination with Restart= on a service
4299 unit, then the specified units will no longer be triggered on
4300 failures that result in restarting. Previously, the specified units
4301 would be activated each time the unit failed, even when the unit was
4302 going to be restarted automatically. This behaviour contradicted the
4303 documentation. With this release the code is adjusted to match the
4304 documentation.
4305
4306 * systemd-tmpfiles will now print a notice whenever it encounters
4307 tmpfiles.d/ lines referencing the /var/run/ directory. It will
4308 recommend reworking them to use the /run/ directory instead (for
4309 which /var/run/ is simply a symlinked compatibility alias). This way
4310 systemd-tmpfiles can properly detect line conflicts and merge lines
4311 referencing the same file by two paths, without having to access
4312 them.
4313
4314 * systemctl disable/unmask/preset/preset-all cannot be used with
4315 --runtime. Previously this was allowed, but resulted in unintuitive
4316 behaviour that wasn't useful. systemctl disable/unmask will now undo
4317 both runtime and persistent enablement/masking, i.e. it will remove
4318 any relevant symlinks both in /run and /etc.
4319
4320 * Note that all long-running system services shipped with systemd will
4321 now default to a system call allow list (rather than a deny list, as
4322 before). In particular, systemd-udevd will now enforce one too. For
4323 most cases this should be safe, however downstream distributions
4324 which disabled sandboxing of systemd-udevd (specifically the
4325 MountFlags= setting), might want to disable this security feature
4326 too, as the default allow-listing will prohibit all mount, swap,
4327 reboot and clock changing operations from udev rules.
4328
4329 * sd-boot acquired new loader configuration settings to optionally turn
4330 off Windows and MacOS boot partition discovery as well as
4331 reboot-into-firmware menu items. It is also able to pick a better
4332 screen resolution for HiDPI systems, and now provides loader
4333 configuration settings to change the resolution explicitly.
4334
4335 * systemd-resolved now supports DNS-over-TLS. It's still
4336 turned off by default, use DNSOverTLS=opportunistic to turn it on in
4337 resolved.conf. We intend to make this the default as soon as couple
4338 of additional techniques for optimizing the initial latency caused by
4339 establishing a TLS/TCP connection are implemented.
4340
4341 * systemd-resolved.service and systemd-networkd.service now set
4342 DynamicUser=yes. The users systemd-resolve and systemd-network are
4343 not created by systemd-sysusers anymore.
4344
4345 NOTE: This has a chance of breaking nss-ldap and similar NSS modules
4346 that embed a network facing module into any process using getpwuid()
4347 or related call: the dynamic allocation of the user ID for
4348 systemd-resolved.service means the service manager has to check NSS
4349 if the user name is already taken when forking off the service. Since
4350 the user in the common case won't be defined in /etc/passwd the
4351 lookup is likely to trigger nss-ldap which in turn might use NSS to
4352 ask systemd-resolved for hostname lookups. This will hence result in
4353 a deadlock: a user name lookup in order to start
4354 systemd-resolved.service will result in a hostname lookup for which
4355 systemd-resolved.service needs to be started already. There are
4356 multiple ways to work around this problem: pre-allocate the
4357 "systemd-resolve" user on such systems, so that nss-ldap won't be
4358 triggered; or use a different NSS package that doesn't do networking
4359 in-process but provides a local asynchronous name cache; or configure
4360 the NSS package to avoid lookups for UIDs in the range `pkg-config
4361 systemd --variable=dynamicuidmin` … `pkg-config systemd
4362 --variable=dynamicuidmax`, so that it does not consider itself
4363 authoritative for the same UID range systemd allocates dynamic users
4364 from.
4365
4366 * The systemd-resolve tool has been renamed to resolvectl (it also
4367 remains available under the old name, for compatibility), and its
4368 interface is now verb-based, similar in style to the other <xyz>ctl
4369 tools, such as systemctl or loginctl.
4370
4371 * The resolvectl/systemd-resolve tool also provides 'resolvconf'
4372 compatibility. It may be symlinked under the 'resolvconf' name, in
4373 which case it will take arguments and input compatible with the
4374 Debian and FreeBSD resolvconf tool.
4375
4376 * Support for suspend-then-hibernate has been added, i.e. a sleep mode
4377 where the system initially suspends, and after a timeout resumes and
4378 hibernates again.
4379
4380 * networkd's ClientIdentifier= now accepts a new option "duid-only". If
4381 set the client will only send a DUID as client identifier.
4382
4383 * The nss-systemd glibc NSS module will now enumerate dynamic users and
4384 groups in effect. Previously, it could resolve UIDs/GIDs to user
4385 names/groups and vice versa, but did not support enumeration.
4386
4387 * journald's Compress= configuration setting now optionally accepts a
4388 byte threshold value. All journal objects larger than this threshold
4389 will be compressed, smaller ones will not. Previously this threshold
4390 was not configurable and set to 512.
4391
4392 * A new system.conf setting NoNewPrivileges= is now available which may
4393 be used to turn off acquisition of new privileges system-wide
4394 (i.e. set Linux' PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS for PID 1 itself, and thus also
4395 for all its children). Note that turning this option on means setuid
4396 binaries and file system capabilities lose their special powers.
4397 While turning on this option is a big step towards a more secure
4398 system, doing so is likely to break numerous pre-existing UNIX tools,
4399 in particular su and sudo.
4400
4401 * A new service systemd-time-sync-wait.service has been added. If
4402 enabled it will delay the time-sync.target unit at boot until time
4403 synchronization has been received from the network. This
4404 functionality is useful on systems lacking a local RTC or where it is
4405 acceptable that the boot process shall be delayed by external network
4406 services.
4407
4408 * When hibernating, systemd will now inform the kernel of the image
4409 write offset, on kernels new enough to support this. This means swap
4410 files should work for hibernation now.
4411
4412 * When loading unit files, systemd will now look for drop-in unit files
4413 extensions in additional places. Previously, for a unit file name
4414 "foo-bar-baz.service" it would look for dropin files in
4415 "foo-bar-baz.service.d/*.conf". Now, it will also look in
4416 "foo-bar-.service.d/*.conf" and "foo-.service.d/", i.e. at the
4417 service name truncated after all inner dashes. This scheme allows
4418 writing drop-ins easily that apply to a whole set of unit files at
4419 once. It's particularly useful for mount and slice units (as their
4420 naming is prefix based), but is also useful for service and other
4421 units, for packages that install multiple unit files at once,
4422 following a strict naming regime of beginning the unit file name with
4423 the package's name. Two new specifiers are now supported in unit
4424 files to match this: %j and %J are replaced by the part of the unit
4425 name following the last dash.
4426
4427 * Unit files and other configuration files that support specifier
4428 expansion now understand another three new specifiers: %T and %V will
4429 resolve to /tmp and /var/tmp respectively, or whatever temporary
4430 directory has been set for the calling user. %E will expand to either
4431 /etc (for system units) or $XDG_CONFIG_HOME (for user units).
4432
4433 * The ExecStart= lines of unit files are no longer required to
4434 reference absolute paths. If non-absolute paths are specified the
4435 specified binary name is searched within the service manager's
4436 built-in $PATH, which may be queried with 'systemd-path
4437 search-binaries-default'. It's generally recommended to continue to
4438 use absolute paths for all binaries specified in unit files.
4439
4440 * Units gained a new load state "bad-setting", which is used when a
4441 unit file was loaded, but contained fatal errors which prevent it
4442 from being started (for example, a service unit has been defined
4443 lacking both ExecStart= and ExecStop= lines).
4444
4445 * coredumpctl's "gdb" verb has been renamed to "debug", in order to
4446 support alternative debuggers, for example lldb. The old name
4447 continues to be available however, for compatibility reasons. Use the
4448 new --debugger= switch or the $SYSTEMD_DEBUGGER environment variable
4449 to pick an alternative debugger instead of the default gdb.
4450
4451 * systemctl and the other tools will now output escape sequences that
4452 generate proper clickable hyperlinks in various terminal emulators
4453 where useful (for example, in the "systemctl status" output you can
4454 now click on the unit file name to quickly open it in the
4455 editor/viewer of your choice). Note that not all terminal emulators
4456 support this functionality yet, but many do. Unfortunately, the
4457 "less" pager doesn't support this yet, hence this functionality is
4458 currently automatically turned off when a pager is started (which
4459 happens quite often due to auto-paging). We hope to remove this
4460 limitation as soon as "less" learns these escape sequences. This new
4461 behaviour may also be turned off explicitly with the $SYSTEMD_URLIFY
4462 environment variable. For details on these escape sequences see:
4463 https://gist.github.com/egmontkob/eb114294efbcd5adb1944c9f3cb5feda
4464
4465 * networkd's .network files now support a new IPv6MTUBytes= option for
4466 setting the MTU used by IPv6 explicitly as well as a new MTUBytes=
4467 option in the [Route] section to configure the MTU to use for
4468 specific routes. It also gained support for configuration of the DHCP
4469 "UserClass" option through the new UserClass= setting. It gained
4470 three new options in the new [CAN] section for configuring CAN
4471 networks. The MULTICAST and ALLMULTI interface flags may now be
4472 controlled explicitly with the new Multicast= and AllMulticast=
4473 settings.
4474
4475 * networkd will now automatically make use of the kernel's route
4476 expiration feature, if it is available.
4477
4478 * udevd's .link files now support setting the number of receive and
4479 transmit channels, using the RxChannels=, TxChannels=,
4480 OtherChannels=, CombinedChannels= settings.
4481
4482 * Support for UDPSegmentationOffload= has been removed, given its
4483 limited support in hardware, and waning software support.
4484
4485 * networkd's .netdev files now support creating "netdevsim" interfaces.
4486
4487 * PID 1 learnt a new bus call GetUnitByControlGroup() which may be used
4488 to query the unit belonging to a specific kernel control group.
4489
4490 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "cat-config", which may be used to
4491 dump the contents of any configuration file, with all its matching
4492 drop-in files added in, and honouring the usual search and masking
4493 logic applied to systemd configuration files. For example use
4494 "systemd-analyze cat-config systemd/system.conf" to get the complete
4495 system configuration file of systemd how it would be loaded by PID 1
4496 itself. Similar to this, various tools such as systemd-tmpfiles or
4497 systemd-sysusers, gained a new option "--cat-config", which does the
4498 corresponding operation for their own configuration settings. For
4499 example, "systemd-tmpfiles --cat-config" will now output the full
4500 list of tmpfiles.d/ lines in place.
4501
4502 * timedatectl gained three new verbs: "show" shows bus properties of
4503 systemd-timedated, "timesync-status" shows the current NTP
4504 synchronization state of systemd-timesyncd, and "show-timesync"
4505 shows bus properties of systemd-timesyncd.
4506
4507 * systemd-timesyncd gained a bus interface on which it exposes details
4508 about its state.
4509
4510 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_TIMEDATED_NTP_SERVICES is now
4511 understood by systemd-timedated. It takes a colon-separated list of
4512 unit names of NTP client services. The list is used by
4513 "timedatectl set-ntp".
4514
4515 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --rlimit= switch for setting initial
4516 resource limits for the container payload. There's a new switch
4517 --hostname= to explicitly override the container's hostname. A new
4518 --no-new-privileges= switch may be used to control the
4519 PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS flag for the container payload. A new
4520 --oom-score-adjust= switch controls the OOM scoring adjustment value
4521 for the payload. The new --cpu-affinity= switch controls the CPU
4522 affinity of the container payload. The new --resolv-conf= switch
4523 allows more detailed control of /etc/resolv.conf handling of the
4524 container. Similarly, the new --timezone= switch allows more detailed
4525 control of /etc/localtime handling of the container.
4526
4527 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --list switch, which will print a
4528 list of all currently known VM and container environments.
4529
4530 * Support for "Portable Services" has been added, see
4531 doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md for details. Currently, the support is still
4532 experimental, but this is expected to change soon. Reflecting this
4533 experimental state, the "portablectl" binary is not installed into
4534 /usr/bin yet. The binary has to be called with the full path
4535 /usr/lib/systemd/portablectl instead.
4536
4537 * journalctl's and systemctl's -o switch now knows a new log output
4538 mode "with-unit". The output it generates is very similar to the
4539 regular "short" mode, but displays the unit name instead of the
4540 syslog tag for each log line. Also, the date is shown with timezone
4541 information. This mode is probably more useful than the classic
4542 "short" output mode for most purposes, except where pixel-perfect
4543 compatibility with classic /var/log/messages formatting is required.
4544
4545 * A new --dump-bus-properties switch has been added to the systemd
4546 binary, which may be used to dump all supported D-Bus properties.
4547 (Options which are still supported, but are deprecated, are *not*
4548 shown.)
4549
4550 * sd-bus gained a set of new calls:
4551 sd_bus_slot_set_floating()/sd_bus_slot_get_floating() may be used to
4552 enable/disable the "floating" state of a bus slot object,
4553 i.e. whether the slot object pins the bus it is allocated for into
4554 memory or if the bus slot object gets disconnected when the bus goes
4555 away. sd_bus_open_with_description(),
4556 sd_bus_open_user_with_description(),
4557 sd_bus_open_system_with_description() may be used to allocate bus
4558 objects and set their description string already during allocation.
4559
4560 * sd-event gained support for watching inotify events from the event
4561 loop, in an efficient way, sharing inotify handles between multiple
4562 users. For this a new function sd_event_add_inotify() has been added.
4563
4564 * sd-event and sd-bus gained support for calling special user-supplied
4565 destructor functions for userdata pointers associated with
4566 sd_event_source, sd_bus_slot, and sd_bus_track objects. For this new
4567 functions sd_bus_slot_set_destroy_callback,
4568 sd_bus_slot_get_destroy_callback, sd_bus_track_set_destroy_callback,
4569 sd_bus_track_get_destroy_callback,
4570 sd_event_source_set_destroy_callback,
4571 sd_event_source_get_destroy_callback have been added.
4572
4573 * The "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" sysctl will now be turned on by default.
4574
4575 * PID 1 will now automatically reschedule .timer units whenever the
4576 local timezone changes. (They previously got rescheduled
4577 automatically when the system clock changed.)
4578
4579 * New documentation has been added to document cgroups delegation,
4580 portable services and the various code quality tools we have set up:
4581
4582 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CGROUP_DELEGATION.md
4583 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md
4584 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CODE_QUALITY.md
4585
4586 * The Boot Loader Specification has been added to the source tree.
4587
4588 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION.md
4589
4590 While moving it into our source tree we have updated it and further
4591 changes are now accepted through the usual github PR workflow.
4592
4593 * pam_systemd will now look for PAM userdata fields systemd.memory_max,
4594 systemd.tasks_max, systemd.cpu_weight, systemd.io_weight set by
4595 earlier PAM modules. The data in these fields is used to initialize
4596 the session scope's resource properties. Thus external PAM modules
4597 may now configure per-session limits, for example sourced from
4598 external user databases.
4599
4600 * socket units with Accept=yes will now maintain a "refused" counter in
4601 addition to the existing "accepted" counter, counting connections
4602 refused due to the enforced limits.
4603
4604 * The "systemd-path search-binaries-default" command may now be use to
4605 query the default, built-in $PATH PID 1 will pass to the services it
4606 manages.
4607
4608 * A new unit file setting PrivateMounts= has been added. It's a boolean
4609 option. If enabled the unit's processes are invoked in their own file
4610 system namespace. Note that this behaviour is also implied if any
4611 other file system namespacing options (such as PrivateTmp=,
4612 PrivateDevices=, ProtectSystem=, …) are used. This option is hence
4613 primarily useful for services that do not use any of the other file
4614 system namespacing options. One such service is systemd-udevd.service
4615 where this is now used by default.
4616
4617 * ConditionSecurity= gained a new value "uefi-secureboot" that is true
4618 when the system is booted in UEFI "secure mode".
4619
4620 * A new unit "system-update-pre.target" is added, which defines an
4621 optional synchronization point for offline system updates, as
4622 implemented by the pre-existing "system-update.target" unit. It
4623 allows ordering services before the service that executes the actual
4624 update process in a generic way.
4625
4626 * Systemd now emits warnings whenever .include syntax is used.
4627
4628 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alessandro Casale,
4629 Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gartrell, Anssi Hannula, Arnaud Rebillout, Brian
4630 J. Murrell, Bruno Vernay, Chris Lamb, Chris Lesiak, Christian Brauner,
4631 Christian Hesse, Christian Rebischke, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Dao, Daniel
4632 Lin, Danylo Korostil, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, Dimitri John
4633 Ledkov, Dmitriy Geels, Douglas Christman, Elia Geretto, emelenas, Emil
4634 Velikov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Feng Sun, Filipe
4635 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib, Giuseppe Scrivano, Guillem Jover,
4636 guixxx, Hannes Reinecke, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Henrique Dante de
4637 Almeida, Hiram van Paassen, Ian Miell, Igor Gnatenko, Ivan Shapovalov,
4638 Iwan Timmer, James Cowgill, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Jared Kazimir,
4639 Jérémy Rosen, João Paulo Rechi Vita, Joost Heitbrink, Jui-Chi Ricky
4640 Liang, Jürg Billeter, Kai-Heng Feng, Karol Augustin, Kay Sievers,
4641 Krzysztof Nowicki, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Leonard König,
4642 Long Li, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Marcel Hoppe, Marc
4643 Kleine-Budde, Mario Limonciello, Martin Jansa, Martin Wilck, Mathieu
4644 Malaterre, Matteo F. Vescovi, Matthew McGinn, Matthias-Christian Ott,
4645 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Prokop, Michal Koutný, Michal
4646 Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Milan Broz, Milan Pässler,
4647 Mladen Pejaković, Muhammet Kara, Nicolas Boichat, Omer Katz, Paride
4648 Legovini, Paul Menzel, Paul Milliken, Pavel Hrdina, Peter A. Bigot,
4649 Peter D'Hoye, Peter Hutterer, Peter Jones, Philip Sequeira, Philip
4650 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Radostin Stoyanov, Ricardo Salveti de Araujo,
4651 Ronny Chevalier, Rosen Penev, Rubén Suárez Alvarez, Ryan Gonzalez,
4652 Salvo Tomaselli, Sebastian Reichel, Sergey Ptashnick, Sergio Lindo
4653 Mansilla, Stefan Schweter, Stephen Hemminger, Stuart Hayes, Susant
4654 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel,
4655 Tomasz Torcz, Vito Caputo, Will Dietz, Will Thompson, Wim van Mourik,
4656 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4657
4658 — Berlin, 2018-06-22
4659
4660 CHANGES WITH 238:
4661
4662 * The MemoryAccounting= unit property now defaults to on. After
4663 discussions with the upstream control group maintainers we learnt
4664 that the negative impact of cgroup memory accounting on current
4665 kernels is finally relatively minimal, so that it should be safe to
4666 enable this by default without affecting system performance. Besides
4667 memory accounting only task accounting is turned on by default, all
4668 other forms of resource accounting (CPU, IO, IP) remain off for now,
4669 because it's not clear yet that their impact is small enough to move
4670 from opt-in to opt-out. We recommend downstreams to leave memory
4671 accounting on by default if kernel 4.14 or higher is primarily
4672 used. On very resource constrained systems or when support for old
4673 kernels is a necessity, -Dmemory-accounting-default=false can be used
4674 to revert this change.
4675
4676 * rpm scriptlets to update the udev hwdb and rules (%udev_hwdb_update,
4677 %udev_rules_update) and the journal catalog (%journal_catalog_update)
4678 from the upgrade scriptlets of individual packages now do nothing.
4679 Transfiletriggers have been added which will perform those updates
4680 once at the end of the transaction.
4681
4682 Similar transfiletriggers have been added to execute any sysctl.d
4683 and binfmt.d rules. Thus, it should be unnecessary to provide any
4684 scriptlets to execute this configuration from package installation
4685 scripts.
4686
4687 * systemd-sysusers gained a mode where the configuration to execute is
4688 specified on the command line, but this configuration is not executed
4689 directly, but instead it is merged with the configuration on disk,
4690 and the result is executed. This is useful for package installation
4691 scripts which want to create the user before installing any files on
4692 disk (in case some of those files are owned by that user), while
4693 still allowing local admin overrides.
4694
4695 This functionality is exposed to rpm scriptlets through a new
4696 %sysusers_create_package macro. Old %sysusers_create and
4697 %sysusers_create_inline macros are deprecated.
4698
4699 A transfiletrigger for sysusers.d configuration is now installed,
4700 which means that it should be unnecessary to call systemd-sysusers from
4701 package installation scripts, unless the package installs any files
4702 owned by those newly-created users, in which case
4703 %sysusers_create_package should be used.
4704
4705 * Analogous change has been done for systemd-tmpfiles: it gained a mode
4706 where the command-line configuration is merged with the configuration
4707 on disk. This is exposed as the new %tmpfiles_create_package macro,
4708 and %tmpfiles_create is deprecated. A transfiletrigger is installed
4709 for tmpfiles.d, hence it should be unnecessary to call systemd-tmpfiles
4710 from package installation scripts.
4711
4712 * sysusers.d configuration for a user may now also specify the group
4713 number, in addition to the user number ("u username 123:456"), or
4714 without the user number ("u username -:456").
4715
4716 * Configution items for systemd-sysusers can now be specified as
4717 positional arguments when the new --inline switch is used.
4718
4719 * The login shell of users created through sysusers.d may now be
4720 specified (previously, it was always /bin/sh for root and
4721 /sbin/nologin for other users).
4722
4723 * systemd-analyze gained a new --global switch to look at global user
4724 configuration. It also gained a unit-paths verb to list the unit load
4725 paths that are compiled into systemd (which can be used with
4726 --systemd, --user, or --global).
4727
4728 * udevadm trigger gained a new --settle/-w option to wait for any
4729 triggered events to finish (but just those, and not any other events
4730 which are triggered meanwhile).
4731
4732 * The action that systemd-logind takes when the lid is closed and the
4733 machine is connected to external power can now be configured using
4734 HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= in logind.conf. Previously, this action
4735 was determined by HandleLidSwitch=, and, for backwards compatibility,
4736 is still is, if HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= is not explicitly set.
4737
4738 * journalctl will periodically call sd_journal_process() to make it
4739 resilient against inotify queue overruns when journal files are
4740 rotated very quickly.
4741
4742 * Two new functions in libsystemd — sd_bus_get_n_queued_read and
4743 sd_bus_get_n_queued_write — may be used to check the number of
4744 pending bus messages.
4745
4746 * systemd gained a new
4747 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.AttachProcessesToUnit dbus call
4748 which can be used to migrate foreign processes to scope and service
4749 units. The primary user for this new API is systemd itself: the
4750 systemd --user instance uses this call of the systemd --system
4751 instance to migrate processes if it itself gets the request to
4752 migrate processes and the kernel refuses this due to access
4753 restrictions. Thanks to this "systemd-run --scope --user …" works
4754 again in pure cgroup v2 environments when invoked from the user
4755 session scope.
4756
4757 * A new TemporaryFileSystem= setting can be used to mask out part of
4758 the real file system tree with tmpfs mounts. This may be combined
4759 with BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths= to hide files or directories
4760 not relevant to the unit, while still allowing some paths lower in
4761 the tree to be accessed.
4762
4763 ProtectHome=tmpfs may now be used to hide user home and runtime
4764 directories from units, in a way that is mostly equivalent to
4765 "TemporaryFileSystem=/home /run/user /root".
4766
4767 * Non-service units are now started with KeyringMode=shared by default.
4768 This means that mount and swapon and other mount tools have access
4769 to keys in the main keyring.
4770
4771 * /sys/fs/bpf is now mounted automatically.
4772
4773 * QNX virtualization is now detected by systemd-detect-virt and may
4774 be used in ConditionVirtualization=.
4775
4776 * IPAccounting= may now be enabled also for slice units.
4777
4778 * A new -Dsplit-bin= build configuration switch may be used to specify
4779 whether bin and sbin directories are merged, or if they should be
4780 included separately in $PATH and various listings of executable
4781 directories. The build configuration scripts will try to autodetect
4782 the proper values of -Dsplit-usr= and -Dsplit-bin= based on build
4783 system, but distributions are encouraged to configure this
4784 explicitly.
4785
4786 * A new -Dok-color= build configuration switch may be used to change
4787 the colour of "OK" status messages.
4788
4789 * UPGRADE ISSUE: serialization of units using JoinsNamespaceOf= with
4790 PrivateNetwork=yes was buggy in previous versions of systemd. This
4791 means that after the upgrade and daemon-reexec, any such units must
4792 be restarted.
4793
4794 * INCOMPATIBILITY: as announced in the NEWS for 237, systemd-tmpfiles
4795 will not exclude read-only files owned by root from cleanup.
4796
4797 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alexander F Rødseth, Alexis Jeandet,
4798 Andika Triwidada, Andrei Gherzan, Ansgar Burchardt, antizealot1337,
4799 Batuhan Osman Taşkaya, Beniamino Galvani, Bill Yodlowsky, Caio Marcelo
4800 de Oliveira Filho, CuBiC, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mouritzen, Daniel
4801 Rusek, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Douglas Christman, Evgeny
4802 Vereshchagin, Faalagorn, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib,
4803 Giacomo Longo, Gunnar Hjalmarsson, Hans de Goede, Hermann Gausterer,
4804 Iago López Galeiras, Jakub Filak, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
4805 Javier Martinez Canillas, Jérémy Rosen, Lennart Poettering, Lucas
4806 Werkmeister, Mao Huang, Marco Gulino, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt,
4807 MilhouseVH, Neal Gompa (ニール・ゴンパ), Oleander Reis, Olof Mogren,
4808 Patrick Uiterwijk, Peter Hutterer, Peter Portante, Piotr Drąg, Robert
4809 Antoni Buj Gelonch, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
4810 Fowler, SjonHortensius, snorreflorre, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
4811 Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Vito Caputo, Yu Watanabe,
4812 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић (Marko M. Kostić)
4813
4814 — Warsaw, 2018-03-05
4815
4816 CHANGES WITH 237:
4817
4818 * Some keyboards come with a zoom see-saw or rocker which until now got
4819 mapped to the Linux "zoomin/out" keys in hwdb. However, these
4820 keycodes are not recognized by any major desktop. They now produce
4821 Up/Down key events so that they can be used for scrolling.
4822
4823 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-tmpfiles' "f" lines changed behaviour
4824 slightly: previously, if an argument was specified for lines of this
4825 type (i.e. the right-most column was set) this string was appended to
4826 existing files each time systemd-tmpfiles was run. This behaviour was
4827 different from what the documentation said, and not particularly
4828 useful, as repeated systemd-tmpfiles invocations would not be
4829 idempotent and grow such files without bounds. With this release
4830 behaviour has been altered to match what the documentation says:
4831 lines of this type only have an effect if the indicated files don't
4832 exist yet, and only then the argument string is written to the file.
4833
4834 * FUTURE INCOMPATIBILITY: In systemd v238 we intend to slightly change
4835 systemd-tmpfiles behaviour: previously, read-only files owned by root
4836 were always excluded from the file "aging" algorithm (i.e. the
4837 automatic clean-up of directories like /tmp based on
4838 atime/mtime/ctime). We intend to drop this restriction, and age files
4839 by default even when owned by root and read-only. This behaviour was
4840 inherited from older tools, but there have been requests to remove
4841 it, and it's not obvious why this restriction was made in the first
4842 place. Please speak up now, if you are aware of software that requires
4843 this behaviour, otherwise we'll remove the restriction in v238.
4844
4845 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_OFFLINE is now understood by
4846 systemctl. It takes a boolean argument. If on, systemctl assumes it
4847 operates on an "offline" OS tree, and will not attempt to talk to the
4848 service manager. Previously, this mode was implicitly enabled if a
4849 chroot() environment was detected, and this new environment variable
4850 now provides explicit control.
4851
4852 * .path and .socket units may now be created transiently, too.
4853 Previously only service, mount, automount and timer units were
4854 supported as transient units. The systemd-run tool has been updated
4855 to expose this new functionality, you may hence use it now to bind
4856 arbitrary commands to path or socket activation on-the-fly from the
4857 command line. Moreover, almost all properties are now exposed for the
4858 unit types that already supported transient operation.
4859
4860 * The systemd-mount command gained support for a new --owner= parameter
4861 which takes a user name, which is then resolved and included in uid=
4862 and gid= mount options string of the file system to mount.
4863
4864 * A new unit condition ConditionControlGroupController= has been added
4865 that checks whether a specific cgroup controller is available.
4866
4867 * Unit files, udev's .link files, and systemd-networkd's .netdev and
4868 .network files all gained support for a new condition
4869 ConditionKernelVersion= for checking against specific kernel
4870 versions.
4871
4872 * In systemd-networkd, the [IPVLAN] section in .netdev files gained
4873 support for configuring device flags in the Flags= setting. In the
4874 same files, the [Tunnel] section gained support for configuring
4875 AllowLocalRemote=. The [Route] section in .network files gained
4876 support for configuring InitialCongestionWindow=,
4877 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= and QuickAck=. The [DHCP] section now
4878 understands RapidCommit=.
4879
4880 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv6 support gained support for Prefix
4881 Delegation.
4882
4883 * sd-bus gained support for a new "watch-bind" feature. When this
4884 feature is enabled, an sd_bus connection may be set up to connect to
4885 an AF_UNIX socket in the file system as soon as it is created. This
4886 functionality is useful for writing early-boot services that
4887 automatically connect to the system bus as soon as it is started,
4888 without ugly time-based polling. systemd-networkd and
4889 systemd-resolved have been updated to make use of this
4890 functionality. busctl exposes this functionality in a new
4891 --watch-bind= command line switch.
4892
4893 * sd-bus will now optionally synthesize a local "Connected" signal as
4894 soon as a D-Bus connection is set up fully. This message mirrors the
4895 already existing "Disconnected" signal which is synthesized when the
4896 connection is terminated. This signal is generally useful but
4897 particularly handy in combination with the "watch-bind" feature
4898 described above. Synthesizing of this message has to be requested
4899 explicitly through the new API call sd_bus_set_connected_signal(). In
4900 addition a new call sd_bus_is_ready() has been added that checks
4901 whether a connection is fully set up (i.e. between the "Connected" and
4902 "Disconnected" signals).
4903
4904 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_request_name_async() and
4905 sd_bus_release_name_async() for asynchronously registering bus
4906 names. Similar, there is now sd_bus_add_match_async() for installing
4907 a signal match asynchronously. All of systemd's own services have
4908 been updated to make use of these calls. Doing these operations
4909 asynchronously has two benefits: it reduces the risk of deadlocks in
4910 case of cyclic dependencies between bus services, and it speeds up
4911 service initialization since synchronization points for bus
4912 round-trips are removed.
4913
4914 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_match_signal() and
4915 sd_bus_match_signal_async(), which are similar to sd_bus_add_match()
4916 and sd_bus_add_match_async() but instead of taking a D-Bus match
4917 string take match fields as normal function parameters.
4918
4919 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_set_sender() and
4920 sd_bus_message_set_sender() for setting the sender name of outgoing
4921 messages (either for all outgoing messages or for just one specific
4922 one). These calls are only useful in direct connections as on
4923 brokered connections the broker fills in the sender anyway,
4924 overwriting whatever the client filled in.
4925
4926 * sd-event gained a new pseudo-handle that may be specified on all API
4927 calls where an "sd_event*" object is expected: SD_EVENT_DEFAULT. When
4928 used this refers to the default event loop object of the calling
4929 thread. Note however that this does not implicitly allocate one —
4930 which has to be done prior by using sd_event_default(). Similarly
4931 sd-bus gained three new pseudo-handles SD_BUS_DEFAULT,
4932 SD_BUS_DEFAULT_USER, SD_BUS_DEFAULT_SYSTEM that may be used to refer
4933 to the default bus of the specified type of the calling thread. Here
4934 too this does not implicitly allocate bus connection objects, this
4935 has to be done prior with sd_bus_default() and friends.
4936
4937 * sd-event gained a new call pair
4938 sd_event_source_{get|set}_io_fd_own(). This may be used to request
4939 automatic closure of the file descriptor an IO event source watches
4940 when the event source is destroyed.
4941
4942 * systemd-networkd gained support for natively configuring WireGuard
4943 connections.
4944
4945 * In previous versions systemd synthesized user records both for the
4946 "nobody" (UID 65534) and "root" (UID 0) users in nss-systemd and
4947 internally. In order to simplify distribution-wide renames of the
4948 "nobody" user (like it is planned in Fedora: nfsnobody → nobody), a
4949 new transitional flag file has been added: if
4950 /etc/systemd/dont-synthesize-nobody exists synthesizing of the 65534
4951 user and group record within the systemd codebase is disabled.
4952
4953 * systemd-notify gained a new --uid= option for selecting the source
4954 user/UID to use for notification messages sent to the service
4955 manager.
4956
4957 * journalctl gained a new --grep= option to list only entries in which
4958 the message matches a certain pattern. By default matching is case
4959 insensitive if the pattern is lowercase, and case sensitive
4960 otherwise. Option --case-sensitive=yes|no can be used to override
4961 this an specify case sensitivity or case insensitivity.
4962
4963 * There's now a "systemd-analyze service-watchdogs" command for printing
4964 the current state of the service runtime watchdog, and optionally
4965 enabling or disabling the per-service watchdogs system-wide if given a
4966 boolean argument (i.e. the concept you configure in WatchdogSec=), for
4967 debugging purposes. There's also a kernel command line option
4968 systemd.service_watchdogs= for controlling the same.
4969
4970 * Two new "log-level" and "log-target" options for systemd-analyze were
4971 added that merge the now deprecated get-log-level, set-log-level and
4972 get-log-target, set-log-target pairs. The deprecated options are still
4973 understood for backwards compatibility. The two new options print the
4974 current value when no arguments are given, and set them when a
4975 level/target is given as an argument.
4976
4977 * sysusers.d's "u" lines now optionally accept both a UID and a GID
4978 specification, separated by a ":" character, in order to create users
4979 where UID and GID do not match.
4980
4981 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alexander Kuleshov,
4982 Alexis Deruelle, Andrew Jeddeloh, Armin Widegreen, Batuhan Osman
4983 Taşkaya, Björn Esser, bleep_blop, Bruce A. Johnson, Chris Down, Clinton
4984 Roy, Colin Walters, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov,
4985 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Ewout van Mansom, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
4986 Frantisek Sumsal, George Gaydarov, Gianluca Boiano, Hans-Christian
4987 Noren Egtvedt, Hans de Goede, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jan Alexander
4988 Steffens, Jan Klötzke, Jason A. Donenfeld, jdkbx, Jérémy Rosen,
4989 Jerónimo Borque, John Lin, John Paul Herold, Jonathan Rudenberg, Jörg
4990 Thalheim, Ken (Bitsko) MacLeod, Larry Bernstone, Lennart Poettering,
4991 Lucas Werkmeister, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Marek Čermák, Martin Pitt,
4992 Mathieu Malaterre, Matthew Thode, Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Harmathy,
4993 Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michał
4994 Szczepański, Mike Gilbert, Nathaniel McCallum, Nicolas Chauvet, Olaf
4995 Hering, Olivier Schwander, Patrik Flykt, Paul Cercueil, Peter Hutterer,
4996 Piotr Drąg, Raphael Vogelgsang, Reverend Homer, Robert Kolchmeyer,
4997 Samuel Dionne-Riel, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Susant Sahani,
4998 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Thomas Huth, Tomasz
4999 Bachorski, Vladislav Vishnyakov, Wieland Hoffmann, Yu Watanabe, Zachary
5000 Winnerman, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски, Дилян
5001 Палаузов
5002
5003 — Brno, 2018-01-28
5004
5005 CHANGES WITH 236:
5006
5007 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
5008 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
5009 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
5010 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
5011
5012 * Unknown '%' specifiers in configuration files are now rejected. This
5013 applies to units and tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters
5014 that are followed by a letter or digit that are not supposed to be
5015 interpreted as the beginning of a specifier should be escaped by
5016 doubling ("%%"). (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as
5017 "size=5%,foo=bar", but not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not
5018 valid specifiers today.)
5019
5020 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
5021 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
5022 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
5023 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
5024 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
5025 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
5026
5027 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
5028 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
5029 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
5030 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
5031
5032 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
5033 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
5034 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
5035 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
5036 services are resolved properly.
5037
5038 * In /etc/fstab two new mount options are now understood:
5039 x-systemd.makefs and x-systemd.growfs. The former has the effect that
5040 the configured file system is formatted before it is mounted, the
5041 latter that the file system is resized to the full block device size
5042 after it is mounted (i.e. if the file system is smaller than the
5043 partition it resides on, it's grown). This is similar to the fsck
5044 logic in /etc/fstab, and pulls in systemd-makefs@.service and
5045 systemd-growfs@.service as necessary, similar to
5046 systemd-fsck@.service. Resizing is currently only supported on ext4
5047 and btrfs.
5048
5049 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
5050 DNS server and domain information.
5051
5052 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
5053 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
5054 runtime.
5055
5056 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
5057 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
5058 empty for the first time.
5059
5060 * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported.
5061 systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in
5062 ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be
5063 executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new
5064 systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
5065 running in the user session.
5066
5067 * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers:
5068 %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system
5069 instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the
5070 top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance,
5071 $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level
5072 logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
5073 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
5074 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
5075 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
5076 user instance).
5077
5078 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
5079 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
5080
5081 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
5082 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
5083 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
5084 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
5085
5086 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
5087 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
5088
5089 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
5090 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
5091 sleep verbs.
5092
5093 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
5094
5095 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
5096 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
5097
5098 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
5099
5100 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
5101 .device units are now propagated to units specified in
5102 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
5103
5104 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
5105 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
5106 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
5107 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
5108 instance.
5109
5110 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
5111 can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
5112 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
5113
5114 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
5115 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
5116 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
5117
5118 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
5119
5120 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
5121 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
5122 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
5123 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
5124 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
5125 processes.
5126
5127 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
5128 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
5129 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
5130 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
5131
5132 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
5133 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
5134 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
5135
5136 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
5137 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
5138 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
5139 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
5140 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
5141
5142 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
5143 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
5144
5145 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
5146 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
5147 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
5148 time the specified expression would elapse.
5149
5150 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
5151 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
5152 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
5153 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
5154 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
5155 types, not just services.
5156
5157 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
5158 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
5159 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
5160 gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
5161
5162 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
5163 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
5164 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
5165 interface for this purpose.
5166
5167 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
5168 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
5169 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
5170 anyway.
5171
5172 * A new document doc/UIDS-GIDS.md has been added to the source tree,
5173 that documents the UID/GID range and assignment assumptions and
5174 requirements of systemd.
5175
5176 * The watchdog device PID 1 will ping may now be configured through the
5177 WatchdogDevice= configuration file setting, or by setting the
5178 systemd.watchdog_service= kernel commandline option.
5179
5180 * systemd-resolved's gained support for registering DNS-SD services on
5181 the local network using MulticastDNS. Services may either be
5182 registered by dropping in a .dnssd file in /etc/systemd/dnssd/ (or
5183 the same dir below /run, /usr/lib), or through its D-Bus API.
5184
5185 * The sd_notify() protocol can now with EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=microsecond
5186 extend the effective start, runtime, and stop time. The service must
5187 continue to send EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC within the period specified to
5188 prevent the service manager from making the service as timedout.
5189
5190 * systemd-resolved's DNSSEC support gained support for RFC 8080
5191 (Ed25519 keys and signatures).
5192
5193 * The systemd-resolve command line tool gained a new set of options
5194 --set-dns=, --set-domain=, --set-llmnr=, --set-mdns=, --set-dnssec=,
5195 --set-nta= and --revert to configure per-interface DNS configuration
5196 dynamically during runtime. It's useful for pushing DNS information
5197 into systemd-resolved from DNS hook scripts that various interface
5198 managing software supports (such as pppd).
5199
5200 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-namespace-path= command line
5201 option, which may be used to make a container join an existing
5202 network namespace, by specifying a path to a "netns" file.
5203
5204 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alan Robertson, Alessandro Ghedini,
5205 Andrew Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, asavah, bleep_blop, Carsten
5206 Strotmann, Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Clinton Roy, Collin
5207 Eggert, Cong Wang, Daniel Black, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri
5208 John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Edward A. James, Evgeny
5209 Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Gwendal Grignou, Hans de
5210 Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ikey Doherty,
5211 Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, Jiahui Xie, John Lin, José Bollo, Josef
5212 Andersson, juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Kyle Walker, Lars Karlitski, Lars
5213 Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel,
5214 Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukáš Říha, Lukasz
5215 Rubaszewski, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcus Folkesson,
5216 Martin Steuer, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala,
5217 Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal
5218 Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, Neil Brown, Olaf
5219 Hering, Ondrej Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Patryk Kocielnik, Peter Hutterer,
5220 Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru, Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Saran
5221 Tunyasuvunakool, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
5222 Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stanislav Angelovič, Stefan Agner, Susant
5223 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Tiago Salem
5224 Herrmann, Tinu Weber, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
5225 Vito Caputo, Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
5226 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
5227
5228 — Berlin, 2017-12-14
5229
5230 CHANGES WITH 235:
5231
5232 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
5233 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
5234 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
5235 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
5236 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
5237 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
5238 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
5239 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
5240 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
5241 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
5242 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
5243 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
5244 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
5245 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
5246 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
5247 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
5248 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
5249 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
5250 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
5251 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
5252 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
5253 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
5254 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
5255 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
5256 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
5257 IPAddressDeny= see below.
5258
5259 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
5260 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
5261 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
5262 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
5263 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
5264 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
5265 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
5266 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
5267
5268 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
5269 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
5270 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
5271 used to change those values.
5272
5273 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
5274 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
5275 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
5276 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
5277 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
5278 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
5279
5280 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
5281 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
5282 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
5283 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
5284
5285 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
5286 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
5287 one top-level directory.
5288
5289 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
5290 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
5291 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
5292 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
5293 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
5294 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
5295 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
5296 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
5297 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
5298 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
5299 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
5300 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
5301 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
5302 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
5303 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
5304
5305 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
5306 Meson-only.
5307
5308 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
5309 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
5310 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
5311 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
5312 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
5313 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
5314 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
5315 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
5316 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
5317 acceptable to us.
5318
5319 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
5320 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
5321 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
5322 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
5323 hostname open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
5324 requested at build time.
5325
5326 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
5327 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
5328 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
5329 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
5330 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
5331 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
5332 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
5333 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
5334 Type= setting which permits configuring
5335 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
5336
5337 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
5338 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
5339 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
5340 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
5341 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
5342 local frames between bridge ports.
5343
5344 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
5345 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
5346 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
5347
5348 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
5349 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
5350
5351 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
5352 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
5353 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
5354 implement a system call allow list instead of a deny list.
5355
5356 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
5357 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
5358 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
5359 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
5360 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
5361 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
5362 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
5363 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
5364
5365 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
5366 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
5367 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
5368 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
5369 command.)
5370
5371 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
5372 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
5373 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
5374
5375 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
5376 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
5377 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
5378 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
5379
5380 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
5381 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
5382 configured, except for the credentials applied by
5383 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
5384 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
5385 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
5386 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
5387 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
5388 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
5389 on systems where this is not supported.
5390
5391 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
5392 sockets.
5393
5394 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
5395 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
5396 during runtime.
5397
5398 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
5399 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
5400 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
5401
5402 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
5403 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
5404 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
5405
5406 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
5407 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
5408 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
5409 Following this logic, two new special targets
5410 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
5411 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
5412 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
5413
5414 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
5415 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
5416 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
5417 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
5418
5419 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
5420 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
5421 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
5422 --wait".
5423
5424 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
5425 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
5426 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
5427 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
5428 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
5429 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
5430 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
5431 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
5432 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
5433
5434 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
5435 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
5436 containing information about the consumed resources of this
5437 invocation.
5438
5439 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
5440 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
5441 processes.
5442
5443 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
5444 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
5445 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
5446 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
5447 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
5448 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
5449 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
5450 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
5451 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
5452 systems for all five operations.
5453
5454 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
5455 the system.
5456
5457 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
5458 than UTC or the local timezone.
5459
5460 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
5461 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
5462 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
5463 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
5464 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
5465 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
5466 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
5467 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
5468
5469 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
5470 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
5471 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
5472 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
5473 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
5474 again.
5475
5476 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
5477 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
5478 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
5479
5480 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
5481 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
5482 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
5483 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
5484 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
5485 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
5486 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
5487 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
5488 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
5489 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
5490 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
5491 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
5492 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
5493 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
5494 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
5495 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
5496 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
5497 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
5498 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
5499 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5500
5501 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
5502
5503 CHANGES WITH 234:
5504
5505 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
5506 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
5507 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
5508 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
5509 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
5510 summary:
5511
5512 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
5513
5514 becomes:
5515
5516 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
5517
5518 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
5519 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
5520 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
5521 .device units.
5522
5523 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
5524 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
5525 running a systemd user instance.
5526
5527 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
5528 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
5529 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
5530 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
5531 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
5532 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
5533
5534 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
5535
5536 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
5537 (domain search list).
5538
5539 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
5540 the Router Advertisement protocol. The new .network configuration
5541 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
5542 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
5543 implementation of RA.
5544
5545 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
5546 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
5547 ISO date values.
5548
5549 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
5550 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
5551 devices.
5552
5553 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
5554 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
5555 option.
5556
5557 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
5558 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
5559 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
5560 default yet.
5561
5562 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
5563 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
5564 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
5565 SHA256SUMS files.
5566
5567 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
5568 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
5569
5570 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
5571
5572 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
5573
5574 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
5575 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
5576
5577 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
5578 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
5579 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
5580 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
5581
5582 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
5583 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
5584 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
5585 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
5586 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
5587 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
5588 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
5589 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
5590 systemd-logind to be safe. See
5591 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
5592
5593 * All kernel-install plugins are called with the environment variable
5594 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
5595 /etc/machine-id. If the machine ID could not be determined,
5596 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID will be empty. Plugins should not put
5597 anything in the entry directory (passed as the second argument) if
5598 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is empty. For backwards compatibility, a
5599 temporary directory is passed as the entry directory and removed
5600 after all the plugins exit.
5601
5602 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
5603 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
5604 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
5605 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
5606 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
5607 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
5608 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
5609 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
5610 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
5611 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
5612 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
5613 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
5614 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
5615 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
5616 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
5617 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
5618 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
5619 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
5620 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
5621 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
5622 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
5623 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
5624 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
5625 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
5626 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
5627 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
5628 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
5629 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
5630 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
5631 Георгиевски
5632
5633 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
5634
5635 CHANGES WITH 233:
5636
5637 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
5638 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
5639 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
5640 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
5641 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
5642 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
5643 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
5644 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
5645 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
5646
5647 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
5648 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
5649 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
5650 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
5651 default selected on the configure command line
5652 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
5653 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
5654 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
5655 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
5656 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
5657 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
5658 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
5659 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
5660 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
5661 greatest stability and compatibility only.
5662
5663 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
5664 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
5665 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
5666 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
5667 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
5668 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
5669 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
5670 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
5671 further details about this.)
5672
5673 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
5674 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
5675 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
5676
5677 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
5678 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
5679
5680 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
5681 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
5682 with 'make install-tests'.
5683
5684 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
5685 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
5686 kernel.
5687
5688 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
5689 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
5690 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
5691 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
5692 by the Slice= option.
5693
5694 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
5695 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
5696 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
5697 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
5698
5699 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
5700 following choices:
5701
5702 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
5703 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
5704 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
5705 (h)elp
5706 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
5707 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
5708 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
5709 (y)es, execute the command
5710
5711 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
5712 because its meaning was confusing.
5713
5714 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
5715 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
5716
5717 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
5718 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
5719 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
5720
5721 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
5722 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
5723 state directly, without executing these commands.
5724
5725 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
5726 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
5727 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
5728
5729 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
5730 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
5731 combination with After=) have been started.
5732
5733 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
5734 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
5735 setting, and which system calls they contain.
5736
5737 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
5738 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
5739 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
5740 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
5741 configuration related calls.
5742
5743 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
5744 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
5745 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
5746 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
5747 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
5748 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
5749 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
5750
5751 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
5752 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
5753
5754 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
5755 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
5756 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
5757
5758 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
5759 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
5760
5761 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
5762 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
5763 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
5764 for compatibility.
5765
5766 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
5767 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
5768
5769 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
5770 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
5771
5772 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
5773 support for negative matching.
5774
5775 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
5776
5777 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
5778 permitted runtime of the mount command.
5779
5780 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
5781 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
5782 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
5783 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
5784 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
5785 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
5786 removed from the drive.
5787
5788 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
5789 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
5790
5791 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
5792 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
5793
5794 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
5795 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
5796 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
5797
5798 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
5799 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
5800 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
5801 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
5802 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
5803 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
5804 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
5805
5806 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
5807 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
5808 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
5809 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
5810 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
5811 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
5812
5813 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
5814 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
5815
5816 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
5817 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
5818 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
5819 machine ID in a well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
5820 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
5821 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
5822 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
5823 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
5824
5825 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
5826 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
5827 including all control processes.
5828
5829 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
5830 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
5831 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
5832
5833 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
5834 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
5835 prefixing the source path with "+".
5836
5837 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
5838 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
5839 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
5840 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
5841 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
5842 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlaid
5843 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
5844 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
5845
5846 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
5847 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
5848 before).
5849
5850 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
5851 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
5852 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
5853 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
5854 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
5855 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
5856 the new --root-hash= command line option).
5857
5858 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
5859 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
5860 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
5861 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
5862 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
5863 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
5864 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
5865 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
5866 versions.
5867
5868 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
5869 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
5870 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
5871 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
5872 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
5873 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
5874 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
5875 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
5876 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
5877 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
5878 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
5879 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
5880 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
5881 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
5882 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
5883 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
5884 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
5885 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
5886 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
5887 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
5888 a Verity-enabled root partition.
5889
5890 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
5891 accelerometer quirks.
5892
5893 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
5894 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
5895 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
5896 ID of each service.
5897
5898 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
5899 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
5900 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
5901 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
5902 view.
5903
5904 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
5905 environment variables:
5906
5907 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/ENVIRONMENT.md
5908
5909 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
5910 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
5911 address.
5912
5913 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
5914 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
5915 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
5916
5917 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
5918 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
5919 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
5920 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
5921 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
5922 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
5923 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
5924 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
5925 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
5926 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
5927 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
5928 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
5929 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
5930
5931 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
5932 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
5933 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
5934
5935 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
5936 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
5937
5938 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
5939 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
5940 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
5941 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
5942 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
5943
5944 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
5945 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
5946 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
5947
5948 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
5949 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
5950
5951 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
5952 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
5953 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
5954 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
5955
5956 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
5957 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
5958 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
5959 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
5960 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
5961 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
5962 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
5963 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
5964 possibly even including full integrity data.
5965
5966 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
5967 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
5968 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
5969 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
5970 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
5971
5972 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
5973 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
5974 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
5975 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
5976 directly with systemd-nspawn.
5977
5978 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
5979 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
5980 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
5981 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
5982
5983 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
5984 of coredumps in reverse order.
5985
5986 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
5987 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
5988 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
5989 additional informational message in its output.
5990
5991 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
5992 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
5993 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
5994
5995 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
5996 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
5997 scripting languages such as Python.
5998
5999 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
6000 namespacing is enabled for them.
6001
6002 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
6003 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
6004 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
6005 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
6006 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
6007 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
6008
6009 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
6010 root key (KSK).
6011
6012 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
6013 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
6014 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
6015
6016 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
6017 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
6018 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
6019 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
6020 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
6021 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
6022 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
6023 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
6024 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
6025 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
6026 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
6027 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
6028 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
6029 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
6030 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
6031 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
6032 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
6033 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
6034 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
6035 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
6036 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
6037 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
6038 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
6039 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
6040 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
6041 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
6042 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
6043 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
6044 Тихонов
6045
6046 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
6047
6048 CHANGES WITH 232:
6049
6050 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
6051 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
6052 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
6053 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
6054 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
6055 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
6056
6057 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
6058 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
6059
6060 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
6061 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
6062 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
6063
6064 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
6065 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
6066 to be remounted read-only for a service.
6067
6068 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
6069 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
6070 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
6071 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
6072
6073 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
6074 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
6075
6076 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
6077 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
6078 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
6079
6080 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
6081 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
6082 will be allocated from the range 61184…65519 for the lifetime of the
6083 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
6084 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
6085 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
6086 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
6087 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
6088 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
6089 permanent modifications to the system.
6090
6091 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
6092 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
6093 container or chroot environments.
6094
6095 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
6096 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
6097 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
6098 mapped to nobody.
6099
6100 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
6101 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
6102 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
6103 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
6104
6105 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
6106 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
6107
6108 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
6109 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
6110 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
6111 and the support is provisional.
6112
6113 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
6114 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
6115 unit files in the file system).
6116
6117 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
6118 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
6119 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
6120 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
6121 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
6122 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
6123 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
6124 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
6125 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
6126 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
6127 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
6128 state is fixed automatically.
6129
6130 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
6131 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
6132 option.
6133
6134 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
6135 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
6136 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
6137 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
6138 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
6139 else.
6140
6141 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
6142 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
6143 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
6144 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
6145 bootable on physical systems.
6146
6147 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
6148
6149 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
6150 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
6151 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
6152 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
6153 used.
6154
6155 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
6156 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
6157 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
6158 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
6159
6160 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
6161
6162 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
6163 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
6164 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
6165 of the container).
6166
6167 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
6168 files from the specified location.
6169
6170 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
6171 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
6172 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
6173 be active.
6174
6175 * The hardware database has been extended to support
6176 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
6177 trackball devices.
6178
6179 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
6180 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
6181 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
6182
6183 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
6184 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
6185 specified service binary exited.)
6186
6187 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
6188 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
6189
6190 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
6191 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
6192 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
6193 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
6194 --since= and --until= options.
6195
6196 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
6197 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
6198 are automatically propagated to the container.
6199
6200 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
6201 from a single IP address can be limited with
6202 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
6203 MaxConnections=.
6204
6205 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
6206 configuration.
6207
6208 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
6209 drop-ins.
6210
6211 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
6212 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
6213 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
6214 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
6215 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
6216 [Link] section of .link files.
6217
6218 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
6219 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
6220 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
6221 section of .netdev files.
6222
6223 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
6224 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
6225 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
6226
6227 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
6228 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
6229 .network files.
6230
6231 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
6232 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
6233 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
6234 service runtime cycle.
6235
6236 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
6237 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
6238 has been traditionally doing.
6239
6240 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
6241 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
6242 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
6243 prevent any later plugins from running.
6244
6245 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
6246 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
6247 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
6248 default of SplitMode=uid.
6249
6250 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
6251 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
6252 useful.
6253
6254 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
6255 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
6256 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
6257 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
6258 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
6259 individual namespaces.
6260
6261 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
6262 the output, as well as OS release information.
6263
6264 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
6265
6266 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
6267 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
6268 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
6269 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
6270 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
6271
6272 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
6273 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to make a
6274 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
6275 severed.
6276
6277 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
6278 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
6279 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
6280 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
6281 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
6282 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
6283 information about exit statuses and results.
6284
6285 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
6286 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
6287 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
6288 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
6289 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
6290 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
6291
6292 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
6293
6294 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
6295 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
6296 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
6297 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
6298 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
6299 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
6300 entirely.
6301
6302 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
6303 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
6304 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
6305
6306 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
6307 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
6308 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
6309 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
6310 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
6311 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
6312 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
6313 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
6314 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
6315 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
6316 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
6317 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
6318 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
6319 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
6320 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
6321 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
6322 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
6323
6324 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
6325 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
6326 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
6327 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
6328
6329 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
6330 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
6331 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
6332 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
6333
6334 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
6335 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
6336 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
6337 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
6338 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
6339 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
6340 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
6341 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
6342 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
6343 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
6344 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
6345 fragment entirely.)
6346
6347 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
6348 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
6349 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
6350
6351 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
6352 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
6353 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
6354 FileDescriptorName= setting.
6355
6356 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
6357 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
6358 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
6359 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
6360 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
6361 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
6362
6363 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
6364 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
6365
6366 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
6367 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
6368
6369 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
6370 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
6371 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
6372 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
6373 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
6374
6375 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
6376 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
6377 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
6378 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
6379 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
6380 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
6381 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
6382 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
6383 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
6384 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
6385 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
6386 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
6387 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
6388 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
6389 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
6390 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
6391 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
6392 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
6393 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
6394 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
6395 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
6396 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
6397 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
6398 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
6399 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
6400 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
6401
6402 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
6403
6404 CHANGES WITH 231:
6405
6406 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
6407 with an additional special character as first argument of the
6408 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
6409 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
6410 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
6411 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
6412 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
6413 independently.
6414
6415 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
6416 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
6417
6418 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
6419 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
6420 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
6421 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
6422 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
6423 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
6424 values.
6425
6426 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
6427 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
6428 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
6429 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
6430 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
6431
6432 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
6433 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
6434 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
6435 7:10am every day.
6436
6437 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
6438 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
6439 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
6440 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
6441 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
6442 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
6443 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
6444 available for compatibility.
6445
6446 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
6447 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
6448 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
6449 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
6450 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
6451 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
6452
6453 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
6454 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
6455 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
6456 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
6457 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
6458 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
6459 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
6460 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
6461 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
6462
6463 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
6464 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
6465 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
6466 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
6467 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
6468 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
6469 desired options.
6470
6471 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
6472 cgroup v2.
6473
6474 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
6475 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
6476 limited to subgroups of that group.
6477
6478 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
6479 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
6480 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
6481 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
6482 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
6483 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
6484 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
6485 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
6486
6487 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
6488 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
6489 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
6490 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
6491 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
6492 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
6493 own long-running services.
6494
6495 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
6496 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
6497 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
6498 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
6499
6500 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
6501 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
6502 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
6503 propagates this notification further to the service manager
6504 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
6505 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
6506 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
6507 primitives.
6508
6509 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
6510 "terminate".
6511
6512 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
6513 link-local IPv6 addresses.
6514
6515 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
6516 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
6517 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
6518 --flush-caches".
6519
6520 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
6521 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
6522 is shown.
6523
6524 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
6525 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
6526 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
6527 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
6528 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
6529 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
6530
6531 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
6532 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
6533 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
6534 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
6535 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
6536 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
6537 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
6538 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
6539 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
6540 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
6541 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
6542 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
6543 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
6544 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
6545 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
6546 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
6547 bus API instead.
6548
6549 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
6550 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
6551 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
6552 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
6553
6554 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
6555 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
6556 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
6557 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
6558
6559 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
6560 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
6561 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
6562
6563 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
6564 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
6565
6566 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
6567 interface configuration.
6568
6569 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
6570 specifying the --force switch.
6571
6572 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
6573 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
6574 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
6575
6576 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
6577 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
6578 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
6579 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
6580 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
6581 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
6582 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
6583 to be handled.
6584
6585 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
6586 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
6587
6588 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
6589 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
6590
6591 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
6592 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
6593 of persistent symlinks for that device.
6594
6595 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
6596 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
6597
6598 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
6599 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
6600 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
6601 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
6602 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
6603 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
6604 neither API nor ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
6605 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
6606 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
6607 library.
6608
6609 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
6610 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
6611 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
6612 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
6613 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
6614 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
6615 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
6616 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
6617 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
6618 doc/HACKING for details.
6619
6620 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
6621 distribution's bugtracker.
6622
6623 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
6624 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
6625 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
6626 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
6627 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
6628 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
6629 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
6630 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
6631 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
6632 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
6633 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
6634 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
6635 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
6636 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
6637 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
6638 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
6639 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
6640 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
6641 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6642
6643 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
6644
6645 CHANGES WITH 230:
6646
6647 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
6648 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
6649 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
6650 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
6651 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
6652 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
6653 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
6654 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
6655 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
6656 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
6657 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
6658 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
6659 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
6660 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
6661 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
6662 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
6663 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
6664 and its DNSSEC mode for hostname resolution from local
6665 applications.)
6666
6667 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
6668 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
6669 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
6670
6671 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
6672 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
6673 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
6674 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
6675 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
6676 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
6677 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
6678
6679 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
6680 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
6681 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
6682 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
6683 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
6684 command works for tmux.
6685
6686 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
6687 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
6688 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
6689 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
6690 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
6691 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
6692
6693 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
6694 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
6695
6696 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
6697 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
6698 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
6699
6700 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
6701
6702 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
6703 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
6704 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
6705 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
6706 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
6707
6708 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
6709 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
6710 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
6711 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
6712
6713 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
6714 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
6715 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
6716 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
6717 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
6718 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
6719
6720 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
6721 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
6722 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
6723
6724 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
6725 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
6726 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
6727 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
6728 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
6729 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
6730
6731 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
6732 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
6733 address.
6734
6735 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
6736 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
6737 should be emitted.
6738
6739 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
6740 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
6741 supported.
6742
6743 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
6744 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
6745 logging performance.
6746
6747 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
6748 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
6749 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
6750 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
6751 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
6752 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
6753
6754 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
6755 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
6756 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
6757 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
6758
6759 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
6760 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
6761
6762 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
6763 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
6764 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
6765
6766 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
6767
6768 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
6769 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
6770 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
6771 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
6772
6773 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
6774 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
6775 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
6776 refuse to operate on such files.
6777
6778 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
6779 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
6780 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
6781
6782 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
6783 just hidden container images.
6784
6785 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
6786 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
6787
6788 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
6789 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
6790 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
6791 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
6792 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
6793 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
6794 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
6795 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
6796 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
6797 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
6798 been changed to use this functionality by default.
6799
6800 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
6801 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
6802 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
6803 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
6804 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
6805 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
6806 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
6807 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
6808 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
6809 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
6810 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
6811 terminates.
6812
6813 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
6814 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
6815 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
6816 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
6817
6818 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
6819 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
6820 rate of the socket unit.
6821
6822 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
6823 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
6824 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20…19 the
6825 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
6826 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
6827
6828 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
6829 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
6830 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
6831 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
6832 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
6833 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
6834 with this.
6835
6836 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
6837 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
6838
6839 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
6840 merged into the kernel in its current form.
6841
6842 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
6843 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
6844 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
6845 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
6846 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
6847
6848 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
6849 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
6850 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
6851
6852 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
6853 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
6854 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
6855 target is now included in early userspace.
6856
6857 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
6858 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
6859 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
6860 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
6861 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
6862 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
6863 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
6864 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
6865 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
6866 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
6867 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
6868 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
6869 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
6870 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
6871 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
6872 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
6873 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
6874 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
6875 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
6876 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
6877 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
6878 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
6879 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
6880 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
6881 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
6882 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6883
6884 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
6885
6886 CHANGES WITH 229:
6887
6888 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
6889 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
6890 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
6891 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
6892 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
6893 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
6894 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
6895 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
6896 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
6897 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
6898 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
6899 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
6900 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
6901
6902 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
6903 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
6904 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
6905 /usr/bin.
6906
6907 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
6908 devices.
6909
6910 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
6911 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
6912 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
6913 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
6914 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
6915 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
6916 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
6917 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
6918 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
6919 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
6920 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
6921 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
6922 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
6923 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
6924 this limit.
6925
6926 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
6927 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
6928 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
6929 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
6930 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
6931 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
6932 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
6933 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
6934
6935 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
6936 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
6937 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
6938 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
6939 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
6940 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
6941 and group at package installation time.
6942
6943 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
6944 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
6945 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
6946 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
6947 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
6948
6949 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
6950 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
6951 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
6952 supports it.
6953
6954 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
6955 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
6956
6957 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
6958 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
6959 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
6960 file is already initialized.
6961
6962 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
6963 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
6964 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
6965 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
6966 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
6967 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
6968 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
6969 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
6970 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
6971
6972 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
6973 working directory for the process started in the container.
6974
6975 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
6976 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
6977 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
6978 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
6979 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
6980
6981 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
6982 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
6983 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
6984
6985 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
6986 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
6987 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
6988 sd_journal_restart_fields().
6989
6990 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
6991 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
6992 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
6993 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
6994 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
6995
6996 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
6997 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
6998 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
6999 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
7000
7001 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
7002 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
7003 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
7004 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
7005 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
7006 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
7007 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
7008 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
7009 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
7010 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
7011 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
7012 by PID 1.
7013
7014 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
7015 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
7016 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
7017 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
7018 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
7019 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
7020 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
7021 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
7022
7023 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
7024
7025 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
7026 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
7027 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
7028
7029 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
7030 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
7031 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
7032 recent kernels.
7033
7034 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
7035 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
7036
7037 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
7038 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
7039 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
7040 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
7041 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
7042 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
7043 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
7044 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
7045 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
7046 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
7047 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
7048 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
7049 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
7050
7051 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
7052 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
7053 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
7054 clusters or larger setups.
7055
7056 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
7057
7058 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
7059 sockets.
7060
7061 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
7062
7063 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
7064 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
7065 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
7066 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
7067 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
7068 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
7069
7070 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
7071 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
7072 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
7073
7074 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
7075 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
7076 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
7077 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
7078
7079 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
7080
7081 * The settings StartLimitBurst=, StartLimitInterval=, StartLimitAction=
7082 and RebootArgument= have been moved from the [Service] section of
7083 unit files to [Unit], and they are now supported on all unit types,
7084 not just service units. Of course, systemd will continue to
7085 understand these settings also at the old location, in order to
7086 maintain compatibility.
7087
7088 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
7089 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
7090 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
7091 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
7092 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
7093 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
7094 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
7095 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
7096 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
7097 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
7098 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
7099 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
7100 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
7101 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
7102 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
7103 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
7104 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
7105 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
7106 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7107
7108 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
7109
7110 CHANGES WITH 228:
7111
7112 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
7113 files are now also available as properties to set when
7114 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
7115 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
7116 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
7117 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
7118 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
7119 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
7120 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
7121
7122 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
7123 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
7124 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
7125
7126 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
7127 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
7128 created transiently.
7129
7130 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
7131 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
7132 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
7133 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
7134 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
7135 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
7136 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
7137 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
7138
7139 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
7140 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
7141 disk and sync the files, before returning.
7142
7143 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
7144 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
7145 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
7146 enabled.
7147
7148 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
7149 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
7150 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
7151 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
7152 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
7153 subvolumes.
7154
7155 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
7156 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
7157
7158 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
7159 individual indexes.
7160
7161 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
7162 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, … suffixes to
7163 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
7164 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, … suffixes
7165 now.
7166
7167 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
7168 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
7169 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
7170 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
7171 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
7172 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
7173 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
7174 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
7175 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
7176 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
7177 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
7178 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
7179 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
7180 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
7181 number of processes or tasks each user may own
7182 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
7183 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
7184 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
7185 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
7186 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
7187 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
7188
7189 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
7190 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
7191 links between the host and the container.
7192
7193 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
7194 added that allows importing select environment variables
7195 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
7196 the service.
7197
7198 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
7199 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
7200 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
7201 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
7202 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
7203 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
7204 than until they first elapse.
7205
7206 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
7207 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
7208 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
7209 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
7210 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
7211 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
7212 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
7213 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
7214
7215 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
7216 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
7217 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
7218 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
7219 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
7220 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
7221 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
7222 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
7223 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
7224 journal and in coredump handling.
7225
7226 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
7227 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
7228 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
7229 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
7230 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
7231 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
7232 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
7233 software you package still references it, as this is a
7234 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
7235 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
7236
7237 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
7238
7239 Note that only util-linux versions built with
7240 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
7241
7242 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
7243 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
7244 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
7245
7246 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
7247 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
7248 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
7249 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
7250 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
7251 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
7252 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
7253 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
7254 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
7255 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
7256 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
7257 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
7258 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
7259 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
7260 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
7261 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
7262
7263 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
7264 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
7265 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
7266 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
7267 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
7268 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
7269 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
7270 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
7271 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
7272 surprises.
7273
7274 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
7275 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
7276 to the various user database fields of the user that the
7277 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
7278 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
7279 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
7280 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
7281 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
7282 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
7283 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
7284 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
7285 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
7286 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
7287 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
7288 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
7289 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
7290 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
7291 of PID 1 is the root user).
7292
7293 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
7294 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
7295 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
7296 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
7297 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
7298 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
7299 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
7300 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
7301 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
7302 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
7303 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
7304 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
7305 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
7306 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
7307 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7308
7309 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
7310
7311 CHANGES WITH 227:
7312
7313 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
7314 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
7315 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
7316
7317 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
7318 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
7319 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
7320 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
7321 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
7322 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
7323
7324 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
7325 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
7326 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
7327 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
7328 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
7329
7330 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
7331 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
7332 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
7333 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
7334 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
7335 packets on unestablished sockets.
7336
7337 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
7338 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
7339 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
7340 automatically.
7341
7342 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
7343 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
7344 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
7345
7346 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
7347 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
7348 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
7349 for disk IO.
7350
7351 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
7352 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
7353 removed.
7354
7355 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
7356 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
7357 directory is set to the home directory of the user
7358 configured in User=.
7359
7360 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
7361 directory of the selected user by default.
7362
7363 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
7364 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
7365 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
7366 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
7367 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
7368 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
7369 compat reasons.
7370
7371 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
7372 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
7373 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
7374 units.
7375
7376 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
7377 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
7378 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
7379 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
7380 level.
7381
7382 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
7383 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
7384 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
7385 namespaces work correctly.
7386
7387 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
7388 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
7389 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
7390 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
7391 activation.
7392
7393 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
7394 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
7395 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
7396 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
7397 system instance in a container.
7398
7399 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
7400 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
7401 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
7402 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
7403 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
7404 connections.
7405
7406 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
7407 show the control groups within a certain container only.
7408
7409 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
7410 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
7411 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
7412 processes attached, or similar.
7413
7414 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
7415 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
7416 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
7417
7418 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
7419 specifiers like %i or %f.
7420
7421 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
7422 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
7423 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
7424 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
7425
7426 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
7427 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
7428 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
7429 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
7430 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
7431 descriptors using sd_notify().
7432
7433 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
7434
7435 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
7436 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
7437
7438 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
7439 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
7440
7441 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
7442 .network files.
7443
7444 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
7445 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
7446 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
7447 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
7448 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
7449 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
7450 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
7451 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
7452 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
7453 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
7454 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
7455 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
7456 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
7457 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
7458 gdm-autologin is used.
7459
7460 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
7461 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
7462 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
7463 next to the image file.
7464
7465 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
7466 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
7467 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
7468 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
7469
7470 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
7471 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
7472 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
7473 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
7474 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
7475 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
7476
7477 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
7478 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
7479 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
7480 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
7481 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
7482 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
7483 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
7484 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
7485 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
7486 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
7487 number of files in place.
7488
7489 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
7490 on kernels where that is supported.
7491
7492 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
7493
7494 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
7495 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
7496 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
7497 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
7498 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
7499 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
7500 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
7501 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
7502 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
7503 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
7504 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
7505 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
7506 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
7507 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
7508 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
7509 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
7510 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
7511 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
7512
7513 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
7514
7515 CHANGES WITH 226:
7516
7517 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
7518 new features:
7519
7520 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
7521 information. It may be enabled and configured via
7522 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
7523 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
7524 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
7525 is any) is propagated.
7526
7527 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
7528 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
7529 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
7530 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
7531 information is enabled between host and containers by
7532 default now: the container will change its local timezone
7533 to what the host has set.
7534
7535 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
7536 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
7537
7538 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
7539 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
7540 information back, even if the server loses state.
7541
7542 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
7543 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
7544 PoolSize=.
7545
7546 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
7547 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
7548 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
7549 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
7550
7551 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
7552 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
7553 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
7554 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
7555 'dbus-daemon' systems.
7556
7557 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
7558 for virtio devices.
7559
7560 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
7561 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
7562 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
7563 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
7564 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
7565 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
7566 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
7567 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
7568 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
7569 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
7570 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
7571 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
7572 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
7573 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
7574 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
7575 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
7576 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
7577 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
7578 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
7579 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
7580 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
7581 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
7582 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
7583 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
7584 grants them.
7585
7586 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
7587 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
7588 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
7589 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
7590 group tree.
7591
7592 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
7593 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
7594 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
7595 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
7596 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
7597 work correctly in containers now.
7598
7599 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
7600 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
7601
7602 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
7603 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
7604 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
7605 function call is particularly useful when implementing
7606 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
7607
7608 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
7609 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
7610 signal events.
7611
7612 * When systemd requests a polkit decision when managing units it
7613 will now add additional fields to the request, including unit
7614 name and desired operation. This enables more powerful polkit
7615 policies, that make decisions depending on these parameters.
7616
7617 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
7618 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
7619 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
7620 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
7621 nspawn command line.
7622
7623 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
7624 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
7625 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
7626 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
7627 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
7628 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
7629 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
7630 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
7631
7632 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
7633
7634 CHANGES WITH 225:
7635
7636 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
7637 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
7638 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
7639 shell directly without prompting for username or
7640 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
7641 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
7642 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
7643 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
7644 the originating session.
7645
7646 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
7647 options and allows other programs to query the values.
7648
7649 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
7650 longer enforced with this release. The previous implementation
7651 was incorrect, and a new corrected implementation is not yet
7652 available. As unit file operations are still protected via
7653 polkit and D-Bus policy this is not a security problem. Yet,
7654 distributions which care about optimal SELinux support should
7655 probably not stabilize on this release.
7656
7657 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
7658 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
7659 messages.
7660
7661 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
7662 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
7663 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
7664
7665 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
7666 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
7667
7668 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
7669 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
7670 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
7671 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
7672 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
7673 posteriori.
7674
7675 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
7676 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
7677
7678 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
7679 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
7680 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
7681 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
7682 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
7683 "lastlog" tools.
7684
7685 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
7686 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
7687 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
7688 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
7689 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
7690
7691 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
7692 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
7693 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
7694 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
7695 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
7696 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
7697 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
7698 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
7699 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
7700 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
7701 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
7702 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7703
7704 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
7705
7706 CHANGES WITH 224:
7707
7708 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
7709 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
7710
7711 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
7712 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
7713 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
7714
7715 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
7716 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7717 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
7718
7719 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
7720
7721 CHANGES WITH 223:
7722
7723 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
7724 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
7725 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
7726 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
7727
7728 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
7729 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
7730
7731 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
7732 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
7733
7734 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
7735
7736 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
7737 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
7738 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
7739
7740 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
7741 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
7742 decapsulated packet.
7743
7744 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
7745 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
7746 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
7747 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
7748 netlink attribute.
7749
7750 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
7751 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
7752 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
7753 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
7754
7755 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
7756 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
7757 according to RFC2460.
7758
7759 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
7760 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
7761
7762 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
7763 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
7764 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
7765
7766 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
7767 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
7768 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
7769 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
7770 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
7771 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
7772
7773 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
7774 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
7775 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
7776 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
7777 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
7778 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
7779 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
7780 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
7781 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
7782 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7783
7784 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
7785
7786 CHANGES WITH 222:
7787
7788 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
7789 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
7790 or should be used to work around such bugs.
7791
7792 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
7793 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
7794
7795 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
7796 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
7797 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
7798 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
7799 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
7800
7801 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
7802 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
7803 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
7804
7805 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
7806 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
7807 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
7808 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
7809 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
7810
7811 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
7812
7813 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
7814 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
7815 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
7816 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
7817 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
7818 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
7819 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
7820 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
7821 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
7822 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7823
7824 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
7825
7826 CHANGES WITH 221:
7827
7828 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
7829 stable and have been added to the official interface of
7830 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
7831 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
7832 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
7833 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
7834 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
7835 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
7836 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
7837 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
7838 portable to other kernels.
7839
7840 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
7841 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
7842 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
7843 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
7844 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
7845 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
7846 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
7847 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
7848 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
7849 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
7850 systemd enabled.
7851
7852 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
7853 2.26.
7854
7855 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
7856 favor of calling an abstraction tool
7857 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
7858 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
7859 in README for details.
7860
7861 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
7862 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
7863 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
7864 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
7865 unit.
7866
7867 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
7868 into man pages.
7869
7870 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
7871 external project.
7872
7873 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
7874 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
7875
7876 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
7877 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
7878 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
7879 state.
7880
7881 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
7882 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
7883 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
7884
7885 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
7886 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
7887 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
7888 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
7889 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
7890 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
7891 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
7892 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
7893 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
7894 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
7895 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
7896 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
7897 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
7898 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
7899 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
7900 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7901
7902 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
7903
7904 CHANGES WITH 220:
7905
7906 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
7907 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
7908 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
7909 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
7910 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
7911 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
7912 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
7913 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
7914
7915 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
7916 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
7917 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
7918 service consumed). This value is only available if
7919 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
7920 in the "systemctl status" output.
7921
7922 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
7923 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
7924 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
7925 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
7926 previously was already the default behaviour).
7927
7928 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
7929 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
7930 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
7931
7932 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
7933 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
7934 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
7935 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
7936
7937 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
7938 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
7939 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
7940 journaling file systems that support external journal
7941 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
7942 systems to be mounted.
7943
7944 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
7945 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
7946 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
7947 stable release this should not be problematic.
7948
7949 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
7950 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
7951 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
7952 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
7953 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
7954
7955 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
7956 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
7957 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
7958 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
7959 network switches.
7960
7961 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
7962 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
7963
7964 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
7965 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
7966 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
7967
7968 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
7969
7970 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
7971 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
7972 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
7973 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
7974 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
7975 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
7976 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
7977 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
7978 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
7979 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
7980 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
7981 been fixed in v220.
7982
7983 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
7984 systemd-networkd.
7985
7986 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
7987 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
7988 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
7989 containers started from the command line.
7990
7991 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
7992 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
7993
7994 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
7995 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
7996 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
7997 indirection via a pseudo tty.
7998
7999 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
8000 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
8001 when shutting down.
8002
8003 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
8004 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
8005 overlayfs support.
8006
8007 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
8008 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
8009 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
8010 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
8011 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
8012 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
8013 images are imported via systemd-importd.
8014
8015 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
8016 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
8017 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
8018
8019 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
8020 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
8021 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
8022 of v1 as before).
8023
8024 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
8025 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
8026
8027 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls are
8028 now accessible to unprivileged processes via polkit. Also,
8029 systemd-logind will now allow users to kill their own sessions
8030 without further privileges or authorization.
8031
8032 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
8033 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
8034 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
8035 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
8036 accessible via a bus interface.
8037
8038 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
8039 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
8040 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
8041 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
8042 to cover this functionality.
8043
8044 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
8045 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
8046 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
8047 disabled/masked also stopped.
8048
8049 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
8050 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
8051 updated to support systemd-boot.
8052
8053 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
8054 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
8055 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
8056 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
8057 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
8058 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
8059 like this and can extract OS release information from them
8060 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
8061 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
8062
8063 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
8064 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
8065 system.
8066
8067 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block devices by
8068 default. A deny list for excluding special block devices from this
8069 logic has been turned into an allow list that requires picking block
8070 devices explicitly that require device symlinks.
8071
8072 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
8073 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
8074 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
8075 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
8076
8077 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
8078 stick devices has been added.
8079
8080 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
8081 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
8082
8083 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
8084 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
8085 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
8086 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
8087 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
8088
8089 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
8090 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
8091 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
8092
8093 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
8094 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
8095 Debian.
8096
8097 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
8098 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
8099 desktop edition, a server edition, …)
8100
8101 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
8102 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
8103 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
8104 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
8105 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
8106 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
8107 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
8108 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
8109 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
8110 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
8111 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
8112 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
8113 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
8114 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
8115 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
8116 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
8117 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
8118 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
8119 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
8120 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
8121 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
8122 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
8123 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
8124 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
8125 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
8126 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
8127 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8128
8129 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
8130
8131 CHANGES WITH 219:
8132
8133 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
8134 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
8135 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
8136 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
8137 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
8138 interface with and update the database.
8139
8140 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
8141 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
8142 before bytewise copying is done.
8143
8144 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
8145 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
8146 directory, and immediately removed when the container
8147 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
8148 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
8149 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
8150 for starting a container off the root file system of the
8151 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
8152 available on btrfs file systems.
8153
8154 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
8155 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
8156 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
8157 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
8158 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
8159 systems.
8160
8161 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
8162 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
8163 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
8164 mount point remains.
8165
8166 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
8167 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
8168 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
8169 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
8170 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
8171 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
8172 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
8173 are disabled.
8174
8175 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
8176 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
8177 container to the host or vice versa.
8178
8179 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
8180 mount host directories into local containers. This is
8181 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
8182
8183 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
8184 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
8185
8186 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
8187 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
8188 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
8189 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
8190 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
8191 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
8192 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
8193 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
8194 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
8195 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
8196 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
8197 make the functionality of importd available to the
8198 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
8199 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
8200 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
8201 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
8202 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
8203 only fully supported on btrfs.
8204
8205 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
8206 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
8207 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
8208 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
8209 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
8210 information about images.
8211
8212 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
8213 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
8214 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
8215 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
8216 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
8217 legacy file systems).
8218
8219 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
8220 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
8221 shown in networkctl output.
8222
8223 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
8224 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
8225 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
8226 processes as system services while interactively
8227 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
8228 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
8229 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
8230 full login session, the difference being that the former
8231 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
8232 setup.
8233
8234 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
8235 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
8236 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
8237 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
8238 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
8239
8240 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
8241 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
8242 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
8243 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
8244 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
8245 via qemu/kvm.
8246
8247 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
8248 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
8249 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
8250 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
8251 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
8252 disk images, too.
8253
8254 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
8255 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
8256 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
8257 integrate with that.
8258
8259 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
8260 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
8261 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
8262 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
8263
8264 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
8265 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
8266 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
8267
8268 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
8269 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
8270 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
8271 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
8272 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
8273 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
8274 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
8275 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
8276 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
8277 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
8278
8279 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
8280 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
8281 files.
8282
8283 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
8284 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
8285 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
8286 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
8287 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
8288 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
8289 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
8290 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
8291 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
8292 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
8293 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
8294 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
8295 explicitly turned on.
8296
8297 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
8298 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
8299 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
8300 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
8301
8302 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
8303 supported.
8304
8305 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
8306 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
8307 user/session following the status output. Similar,
8308 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
8309 associated with a virtual machine or container
8310 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
8311 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
8312 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
8313 output however.)
8314
8315 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
8316 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
8317 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
8318 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
8319 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
8320 caller's session/user.
8321
8322 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
8323 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
8324 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
8325 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
8326 user services.
8327
8328 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
8329 same way as unit files.
8330
8331 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
8332 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
8333 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
8334 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
8335 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
8336 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
8337 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
8338 the host.
8339
8340 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
8341 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
8342 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
8343 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
8344 the host as if their services were running directly on the
8345 host.
8346
8347 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
8348 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
8349 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
8350 updated to make use of it too by default.
8351
8352 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
8353 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
8354 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
8355 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
8356
8357 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
8358 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
8359 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
8360 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
8361 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
8362 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
8363 modification.
8364
8365 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
8366 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
8367 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
8368 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
8369 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
8370 information about Touchpad types.
8371
8372 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
8373 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
8374
8375 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
8376 Policy link field.
8377
8378 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
8379 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
8380
8381 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
8382 ACLs on files.
8383
8384 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
8385 tmpfs, automatically.
8386
8387 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
8388 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
8389 status" output, if available.
8390
8391 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
8392 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
8393 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
8394 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
8395 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
8396 run on next reboot.
8397
8398 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
8399 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
8400 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
8401 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
8402 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
8403 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
8404 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
8405
8406 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
8407 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
8408 after a configurable timeout.
8409
8410 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
8411 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
8412 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
8413 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
8414 it non-idle.
8415
8416 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
8417 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
8418
8419 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
8420 each .network interface in networkd.
8421
8422 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
8423 in .network files.
8424
8425 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
8426 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
8427
8428 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
8429 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
8430 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
8431 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
8432 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
8433 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
8434 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
8435 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
8436 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
8437 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
8438 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
8439 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
8440 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
8441 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
8442 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
8443 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
8444 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
8445 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
8446 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
8447 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
8448 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
8449 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
8450 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
8451 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8452
8453 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
8454
8455 CHANGES WITH 218:
8456
8457 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
8458 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
8459 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
8460 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
8461
8462 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
8463 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
8464 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
8465 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
8466 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
8467
8468 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
8469
8470 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
8471 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
8472 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
8473 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
8474 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
8475 modified configuration after editing.
8476
8477 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
8478 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
8479 system preset files.
8480
8481 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label hostname
8482 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
8483 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
8484 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
8485 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
8486 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
8487 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
8488 systems that use the single-label hostname "gateway" in
8489 other contexts.
8490
8491 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
8492 inhibitors.
8493
8494 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
8495 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
8496 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
8497 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
8498 managers.
8499
8500 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
8501 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
8502 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
8503 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
8504 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
8505 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
8506 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
8507 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
8508 parallel to journald.
8509
8510 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
8511 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
8512 available.
8513
8514 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
8515 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
8516 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
8517 or are not older than the specified time.
8518
8519 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
8520 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
8521 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
8522 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
8523
8524 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
8525 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
8526 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
8527 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
8528 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
8529 communication.
8530
8531 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
8532 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
8533 services.
8534
8535 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
8536 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
8537 including their signature and values. This is particularly
8538 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
8539 the new "busctl tree" command.
8540
8541 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
8542 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
8543 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
8544 friendly way.
8545
8546 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
8547 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
8548 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
8549 race-ful way.
8550
8551 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
8552 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
8553 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
8554 journaling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
8555 --link-journal=try-guest.
8556
8557 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
8558 stable MAC addresses.
8559
8560 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
8561 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
8562 the respective unit shall use.
8563
8564 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
8565 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
8566 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
8567 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
8568
8569 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
8570 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
8571 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
8572 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
8573 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
8574 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
8575
8576 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
8577 details see:
8578
8579 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
8580
8581 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
8582 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
8583 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
8584 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
8585 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
8586 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
8587 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
8588 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
8589 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
8590 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
8591 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
8592 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
8593
8594 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
8595 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
8596 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
8597 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
8598 bluetooth, …) is used.
8599
8600 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
8601 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
8602 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
8603 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
8604 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
8605 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
8606 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
8607 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
8608
8609 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
8610 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
8611 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
8612 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
8613 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
8614 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
8615 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
8616 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
8617 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
8618 interface.
8619
8620 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
8621 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
8622 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
8623 luks.name= argument.
8624
8625 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
8626 (this was previously already available for scope and service
8627 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
8628 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
8629 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
8630 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
8631
8632 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
8633 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
8634 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
8635
8636 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
8637 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
8638 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
8639 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
8640 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
8641 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
8642 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
8643 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
8644 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
8645 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
8646 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
8647 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
8648 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
8649 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
8650 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
8651 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
8652 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
8653 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8654
8655 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
8656
8657 CHANGES WITH 217:
8658
8659 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
8660 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
8661 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
8662 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
8663
8664 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
8665 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
8666 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
8667 now waits until the operation is complete.
8668
8669 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
8670 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
8671 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
8672 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
8673 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
8674 connection.
8675
8676 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
8677 commands anymore.
8678
8679 * User units are now loaded also from
8680 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
8681 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
8682 supported, but is under the control of the user.
8683
8684 * Job timeouts (i.e. timeouts on the time a job that is
8685 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
8686 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
8687 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
8688 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
8689 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
8690 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
8691 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
8692 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
8693 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
8694 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
8695 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
8696 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
8697 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
8698 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
8699 question.
8700
8701 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
8702 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
8703 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
8704
8705 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
8706 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
8707 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
8708 command line to trigger resume.
8709
8710 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
8711 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
8712 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
8713 Desktop=systemd-console.
8714
8715 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
8716 systemd-networkd.
8717
8718 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
8719 from the information provided by the networking stack
8720 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
8721
8722 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
8723 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
8724
8725 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
8726 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
8727 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
8728
8729 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
8730
8731 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
8732 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
8733 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
8734 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
8735 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
8736 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
8737
8738 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
8739 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
8740 respected.
8741
8742 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
8743 virtualization.
8744
8745 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
8746 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
8747 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
8748 on.
8749
8750 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
8751
8752 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
8753
8754 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
8755 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
8756 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
8757 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
8758 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
8759 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
8760 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
8761
8762 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
8763 available for service units, that allows locking all service
8764 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
8765 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
8766 from the service's view entirely.
8767
8768 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
8769 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
8770
8771 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
8772 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
8773 session.
8774
8775 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
8776 legacy-free systems.
8777
8778 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
8779 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
8780 easily.
8781
8782 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
8783 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
8784 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
8785 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
8786 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
8787 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
8788 option.
8789
8790 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
8791 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
8792 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
8793 /usr.
8794
8795 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
8796 services, not only the main process.
8797
8798 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
8799 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
8800 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
8801 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
8802 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
8803
8804 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
8805 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
8806 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
8807 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
8808 directly from now on, again.
8809
8810 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
8811 message flag has been added for all of systemd's polkit
8812 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular this
8813 now allows optional interactive authorization via polkit for
8814 many of PID1's privileged operations such as unit file
8815 enabling and disabling.
8816
8817 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
8818 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
8819 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
8820 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
8821 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
8822 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
8823 unnecessary or unlikely.
8824
8825 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
8826 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
8827 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
8828 "annually", "hourly", …).
8829
8830 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
8831 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
8832 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
8833 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
8834 overwritten at runtime.
8835
8836 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
8837 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
8838 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
8839 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
8840 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
8841 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
8842 segmentation fault.
8843
8844 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
8845 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
8846 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
8847 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
8848 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
8849 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
8850 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
8851 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
8852 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
8853 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
8854 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
8855 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
8856 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
8857 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
8858 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
8859 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
8860 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
8861 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
8862 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
8863 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
8864 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
8865 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8866
8867 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
8868
8869 CHANGES WITH 216:
8870
8871 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
8872 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
8873 implementations should add a
8874
8875 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
8876
8877 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
8878 default functionality.
8879
8880 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
8881 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
8882 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
8883 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
8884 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
8885 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
8886 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
8887 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
8888 files might need to be owned by them. A new
8889 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
8890 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
8891 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
8892 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
8893
8894 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult polkit to
8895 permit access for otherwise unprivileged clients under certain
8896 conditions. Note that this currently doesn't support
8897 interactive authentication yet, but this is expected to be
8898 added eventually, too.
8899
8900 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
8901 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
8902 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
8903 new command to update these fields.
8904
8905 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
8906 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
8907 have been discovered via DHCP.
8908
8909 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
8910 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
8911 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
8912 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
8913 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
8914 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
8915 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
8916 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
8917 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
8918 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
8919 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
8920 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
8921 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
8922 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
8923 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
8924 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
8925 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
8926 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
8927 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
8928 implementation to systemd-resolved.
8929
8930 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
8931 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
8932 containers to their respective IP addresses.
8933
8934 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
8935 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
8936 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
8937 and present it to the user in a very friendly
8938 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
8939 control utility for networkd.
8940
8941 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
8942 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
8943 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
8944 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
8945 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
8946 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
8947 (NoDelay=).
8948
8949 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
8950 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
8951
8952 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
8953 be started only after time-sync.target has been
8954 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
8955 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
8956 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
8957 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
8958
8959 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
8960 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
8961 of the link.
8962
8963 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
8964 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
8965
8966 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
8967 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
8968
8969 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
8970 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
8971 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
8972 for DHCP.
8973
8974 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
8975 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
8976 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
8977 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
8978 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
8979 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
8980 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
8981 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
8982
8983 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
8984 validation of unit files.
8985
8986 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
8987 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
8988 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
8989 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
8990 address may now be configured.
8991
8992 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
8993 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
8994 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
8995 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
8996
8997 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
8998 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
8999
9000 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
9001 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
9002 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
9003 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
9004
9005 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
9006 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
9007 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
9008 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
9009 implementation.
9010
9011 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
9012 journal data to a remote system running
9013 systemd-journal-remote.
9014
9015 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
9016 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
9017 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
9018 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
9019 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
9020 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
9021 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
9022 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
9023 version, you have to turn this option on again
9024 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
9025
9026 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
9027 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
9028 better than XZ which was the previous default.
9029
9030 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
9031 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
9032
9033 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
9034 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
9035
9036 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
9037 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
9038 "systemctl status" output for a service.
9039
9040 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
9041 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
9042 hostname, root password) interactively on first
9043 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
9044 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
9045
9046 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
9047
9048 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
9049
9050 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
9051 when primary addresses are removed.
9052
9053 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
9054 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
9055 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
9056 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
9057 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
9058 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
9059 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
9060 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
9061 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
9062 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
9063 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
9064 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
9065 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
9066 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
9067 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9068
9069 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
9070
9071 CHANGES WITH 215:
9072
9073 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
9074 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
9075 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
9076 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
9077 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
9078 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
9079 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
9080 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
9081 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
9082 require.
9083
9084 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
9085 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
9086
9087 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
9088 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
9089 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
9090 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
9091 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
9092 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
9093 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
9094
9095 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
9096 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
9097 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
9098 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
9099 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
9100 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
9101 update or reset should use this condition and order
9102 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
9103 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
9104 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
9105 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
9106 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
9107 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
9108 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
9109 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
9110 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
9111
9112 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
9113
9114 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
9115 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
9116 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
9117 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
9118
9119 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
9120 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
9121 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
9122 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
9123 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
9124 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
9125 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
9126 .network files using settings of this section should be
9127 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
9128 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
9129
9130 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
9131 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
9132
9133 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
9134 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
9135 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
9136 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
9137 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
9138 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
9139 of nspawn instances.
9140
9141 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
9142 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
9143 added.
9144
9145 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
9146 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
9147 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
9148 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
9149 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
9150 configuration stored in /etc.
9151
9152 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
9153 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
9154 parsing of unknown mount options.
9155
9156 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
9157 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
9158 it already exist and not already be the correct
9159 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
9160 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
9161 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
9162 pre-existing files of different types.
9163
9164 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
9165 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
9166 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
9167 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
9168 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
9169 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
9170 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
9171
9172 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
9173 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
9174 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
9175 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
9176 shall be executed.
9177
9178 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
9179 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
9180 example whether it is fully up and running.
9181
9182 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
9183 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
9184 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
9185 reset.
9186
9187 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
9188 most basic services systemd ships by default.
9189
9190 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
9191 field for defining the default instance to create if a
9192 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
9193
9194 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
9195 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
9196 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
9197
9198 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
9199 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
9200 access to this group.
9201
9202 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
9203 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
9204 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
9205 to the journal.
9206
9207 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
9208 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
9209 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
9210 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
9211 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
9212 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
9213
9214 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
9215 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
9216 that makes sure to only show information about the most
9217 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
9218 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
9219 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
9220 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
9221 the old name to the new name.
9222
9223 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
9224 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
9225 coredumpctl without restrictions.
9226
9227 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
9228 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
9229 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
9230 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
9231 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
9232 "systemd-debug-generator".
9233
9234 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
9235 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
9236 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
9237 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
9238 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
9239 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
9240 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
9241 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
9242 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
9243 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
9244 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
9245
9246 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
9247 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
9248 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
9249 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
9250 been added to query many of these paths for the local
9251 machine and user.
9252
9253 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
9254 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
9255 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
9256 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
9257 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
9258
9259 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
9260 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
9261 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
9262 couple of drop-in directories.
9263
9264 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
9265 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
9266 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
9267 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
9268 for dev_port.
9269
9270 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
9271 container (read from /etc/os-release and
9272 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
9273 "machinectl status" for a machine.
9274
9275 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
9276 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
9277 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
9278 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
9279 Restart= setting.
9280
9281 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
9282 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
9283 directly connect to a specific container on the
9284 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
9285 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
9286 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
9287 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
9288 containers is a privileged operation.
9289
9290 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
9291 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
9292 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
9293 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
9294 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9295 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
9296 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
9297 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
9298 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
9299 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
9300 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
9301 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9302
9303 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
9304
9305 CHANGES WITH 214:
9306
9307 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
9308 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
9309 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
9310 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
9311 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
9312 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
9313 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
9314 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
9315 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
9316 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
9317 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
9318 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
9319 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
9320 devices are excluded from this logic.
9321
9322 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
9323 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
9324 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
9325 and we will re-add "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
9326 change has been released.
9327
9328 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
9329 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
9330 libattr is thus unnecessary.
9331
9332 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
9333 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
9334 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
9335 with fewer privileges.
9336
9337 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
9338 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
9339 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
9340 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
9341
9342 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
9343 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
9344
9345 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
9346 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
9347
9348 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
9349 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
9350 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
9351
9352 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
9353 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
9354 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
9355 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
9356 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
9357 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
9358
9359 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
9360 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
9361 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
9362
9363 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
9364 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
9365 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
9366 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
9367 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
9368 modifications of user data or system files from
9369 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
9370 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
9371
9372 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
9373 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
9374 and FIFOs in the file system.
9375
9376 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
9377 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
9378 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
9379
9380 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
9381 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
9382 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
9383 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same lifecycle as
9384 the socket itself.
9385
9386 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
9387 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
9388 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
9389 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
9390 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
9391 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
9392 symlinks, and nothing else.
9393
9394 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
9395 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
9396 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
9397 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
9398 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
9399 process (for example, the parent process). The
9400 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
9401 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
9402 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
9403 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
9404 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
9405 messages to services when the originating process already
9406 vanished.
9407
9408 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
9409 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
9410 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
9411 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
9412 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
9413 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
9414 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
9415 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
9416 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
9417 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
9418 all long-running services.
9419
9420 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
9421 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
9422 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
9423 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
9424 service.
9425
9426 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
9427 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
9428 applied to all submounts, too.
9429
9430 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
9431
9432 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
9433 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
9434 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
9435 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
9436 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
9437 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
9438 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
9439
9440 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
9441 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
9442 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
9443 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
9444 (domU) domains.
9445
9446 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
9447 files or entire directories.
9448
9449 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
9450 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
9451 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
9452 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
9453 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
9454
9455 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
9456 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
9457 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
9458 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
9459 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
9460 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
9461 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
9462 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
9463 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
9464 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
9465 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
9466 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
9467
9468 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
9469 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
9470 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
9471 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
9472
9473 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
9474 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
9475 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
9476 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
9477 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
9478 non-directories.
9479
9480 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
9481 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
9482 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
9483
9484 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
9485 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
9486 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
9487 this group.
9488
9489 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
9490 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
9491 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
9492 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
9493 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
9494 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
9495 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9496
9497 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
9498
9499 CHANGES WITH 213:
9500
9501 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
9502 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
9503 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
9504 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
9505 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
9506 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
9507 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
9508 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
9509 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
9510 client should be more than appropriate for most
9511 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
9512 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
9513 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
9514 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
9515 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
9516 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
9517 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
9518 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
9519 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
9520 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
9521 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
9522
9523 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
9524 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
9525 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
9526 part of a different namespace.
9527
9528 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
9529 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
9530 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
9531 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
9532
9533 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
9534 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
9535 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
9536
9537 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
9538 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
9539 when a service fails. This works similarly to
9540 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
9541 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
9542 restart the service in question.
9543
9544 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
9545 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
9546 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
9547 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
9548 details when running non-locally.
9549
9550 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
9551 graphs it generates.
9552
9553 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
9554 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
9555 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
9556 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
9557 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
9558
9559 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
9560
9561 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
9562 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
9563 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
9564 what it was on SysV systems.
9565
9566 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
9567 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
9568
9569 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently ignore
9570 sections whose names begin with "X-". This may be used to maintain
9571 application-specific extension sections in unit files.
9572
9573 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
9574 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
9575 to show these addresses in its output.
9576
9577 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
9578 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
9579 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
9580 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
9581 preferred over a text one.
9582
9583 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
9584 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
9585 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
9586 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
9587 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
9588 mDNS cache.
9589
9590 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
9591 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
9592 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
9593 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
9594 of network configuration performed in some other way.
9595
9596 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
9597 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
9598 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
9599 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
9600 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
9601
9602 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
9603 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
9604 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
9605 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
9606 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
9607 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
9608 overrides any other settings.
9609
9610 Contributions from: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
9611 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
9612 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
9613 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
9614 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
9615 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
9616 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
9617 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
9618 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
9619 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
9620 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
9621 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
9622 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
9623 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
9624 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
9625 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
9626 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9627
9628 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
9629
9630 CHANGES WITH 212:
9631
9632 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
9633 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
9634 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
9635 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
9636 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
9637 by accident.
9638
9639 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
9640 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
9641 registered with machined.
9642
9643 * sd-login gained new calls
9644 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
9645 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
9646 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
9647 counterparts.
9648
9649 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
9650 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
9651 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
9652 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
9653 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
9654 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
9655 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
9656 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
9657 once.
9658
9659 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
9660 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
9661 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
9662
9663 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
9664 units on all local containers, when used with the
9665 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
9666 executed when no parameters are specified).
9667
9668 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
9669 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
9670 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
9671 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
9672
9673 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
9674 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
9675 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
9676 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
9677 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
9678 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
9679
9680 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
9681 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
9682 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
9683 of the container.
9684
9685 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
9686 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
9687 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
9688 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
9689 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
9690 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no lifecycle
9691 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
9692 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
9693
9694 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
9695 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
9696 instead of /.
9697
9698 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
9699 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
9700 emergency messages now.
9701
9702 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
9703 journal log messages across the network.
9704
9705 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
9706 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
9707 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
9708 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
9709 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
9710 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
9711 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
9712
9713 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
9714 down a local OS container.
9715
9716 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
9717 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
9718 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
9719
9720 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
9721 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
9722 this is appropriate.
9723
9724 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
9725 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
9726 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
9727
9728 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
9729 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
9730 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
9731 for debugging purposes.
9732
9733 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
9734 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
9735 in seconds.
9736
9737 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
9738 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
9739 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
9740 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
9741 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
9742 like on traditional inetd.
9743
9744 * A new system.conf configuration option
9745 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
9746 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
9747
9748 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
9749 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
9750 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
9751 do these days).
9752
9753 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
9754 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
9755 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
9756 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
9757 could not take place because the system was powered off.
9758 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
9759
9760 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
9761 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
9762 it will be triggered.
9763
9764 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
9765 addresses to its local interfaces.
9766
9767 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
9768 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
9769 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
9770 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
9771 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
9772 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
9773 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
9774 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
9775 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9776
9777 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
9778
9779 CHANGES WITH 211:
9780
9781 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
9782 added to restrict which socket address families unit
9783 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
9784 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
9785 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
9786 is built on seccomp system call filters.
9787
9788 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
9789 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
9790 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
9791 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
9792 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
9793 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
9794 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
9795 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
9796 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
9797
9798 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
9799 matching against device group names.
9800
9801 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
9802 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
9803 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
9804 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
9805 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
9806 though.
9807
9808 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
9809 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
9810 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
9811 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
9812 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
9813 (https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/DiscoverablePartitionsSpec)
9814 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
9815 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
9816 systems prepared appropriately.
9817
9818 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
9819 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
9820 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
9821 (see above). This means that installations made with
9822 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
9823 deployed using container managers, completely
9824 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
9825 this feature soon, too.)
9826
9827 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
9828 set up a private macvlan interface for the
9829 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
9830 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
9831
9832 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
9833 using IPv4LL.
9834
9835 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
9836 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
9837 systemd-networkd.
9838
9839 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
9840 tracking the lifecycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
9841 still not a public API though (unless you specify
9842 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
9843 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
9844
9845 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
9846 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
9847 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
9848 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
9849 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
9850 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
9851 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
9852 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
9853 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
9854 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
9855 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
9856 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
9857 users.
9858
9859 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
9860 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
9861 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
9862 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
9863 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
9864 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
9865 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
9866 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
9867 due to a closed lid.
9868
9869 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
9870 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
9871 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
9872 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
9873 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
9874 order to then act as suspend blocker.
9875
9876 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
9877 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
9878 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
9879 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
9880 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
9881
9882 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
9883 now also work in --scope mode.
9884
9885 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
9886 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
9887 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
9888 promises are made.)
9889
9890 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
9891 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
9892 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
9893 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
9894 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
9895 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
9896 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
9897 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
9898 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
9899 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9900
9901 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
9902
9903 CHANGES WITH 210:
9904
9905 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
9906 according to SMACK rules.
9907
9908 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
9909 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
9910
9911 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
9912 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
9913 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
9914
9915 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
9916 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, hostname
9917 and machine ID.
9918
9919 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
9920 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
9921 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
9922 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
9923 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
9924 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
9925 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
9926 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
9927 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
9928 backpack or similar.
9929
9930 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
9931 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
9932 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
9933 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
9934 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
9935 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
9936 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
9937 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
9938 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
9939 this on its own.
9940
9941 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
9942 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
9943 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
9944 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
9945
9946 * We will now ship a default .network file for
9947 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
9948 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
9949 --network-bridge= switches.
9950
9951 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
9952 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
9953 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
9954 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
9955 metrics, according to what is customary according to
9956 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
9957 each configuration option.
9958
9959 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax to
9960 allow-list an entire group of devices node majors at once, based on
9961 the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the string "char-pts",
9962 it is now possible to allow-list all current and future pseudo-TTYs
9963 at once.
9964
9965 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
9966 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
9967 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
9968 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
9969 triggered by other work being done in the program.
9970
9971 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
9972 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
9973 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
9974 default however.
9975
9976 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
9977 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
9978 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
9979 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
9980 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
9981 them with systemd-networkd.
9982
9983 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
9984 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
9985 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
9986 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
9987 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
9988 is drastically increased, but given that these are
9989 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
9990 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
9991 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
9992 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
9993 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
9994 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
9995 during a transitional period!
9996
9997 * The .include syntax has been deprecated and is not documented
9998 anymore. Drop-in files in .d directories should be used instead.
9999
10000 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
10001 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
10002 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
10003 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
10004 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
10005 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
10006 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
10007 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10008
10009 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
10010
10011 CHANGES WITH 209:
10012
10013 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
10014 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
10015 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
10016 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
10017 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
10018 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
10019 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
10020 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
10021 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
10022 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
10023 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
10024 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
10025
10026 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
10027 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
10028 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
10029 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
10030 machines and the like.
10031
10032 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
10033 shutdown/boot.
10034
10035 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
10036 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
10037
10038 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
10039 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
10040 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
10041 prepared for additional security frameworks.
10042
10043 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
10044 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
10045 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
10046 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
10047 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
10048 address assignment policy (randomized, …).
10049
10050 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
10051 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
10052 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
10053 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
10054 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
10055 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
10056 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
10057 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
10058 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
10059
10060 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
10061 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
10062
10063 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
10064 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
10065 implementation.
10066
10067 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
10068 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
10069 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
10070 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
10071 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
10072 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
10073 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
10074 and .service units.
10075
10076 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
10077 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
10078 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
10079
10080 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
10081 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
10082 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
10083 nothing makes use of it.
10084
10085 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
10086 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
10087 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
10088
10089 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
10090 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
10091 compatibility purposes.
10092
10093 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
10094 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
10095 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
10096 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
10097 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
10098 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
10099 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
10100 process handling.
10101
10102 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
10103 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
10104 style to "sd-bus.h".
10105
10106 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
10107 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
10108 "systemd-networkd".
10109
10110 * There is a new kernel command line option
10111 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
10112 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
10113 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
10114 are not restored.
10115
10116 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
10117 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
10118 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
10119 PID1's support for that anymore.
10120
10121 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
10122 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
10123
10124 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
10125 busctl, systemd-run, … have gained a new switch "-M" to
10126 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
10127 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
10128 container that is registered with machined, such as those
10129 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
10130
10131 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
10132 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
10133 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
10134 onto remote systems.
10135
10136 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
10137 login in any local container. This works with any container
10138 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
10139 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
10140
10141 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
10142 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
10143 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
10144 system of some kind.
10145
10146 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
10147 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
10148 next.
10149
10150 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
10151 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
10152 reboot() system call.
10153
10154 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
10155 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
10156 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
10157 still available but not advertised anymore.
10158
10159 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
10160 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
10161 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
10162 within each Unit.
10163
10164 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
10165 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
10166 the kernel).
10167
10168 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
10169 timestamps (following the setting in
10170 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
10171
10172 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
10173 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
10174
10175 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
10176 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
10177
10178 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
10179 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
10180 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
10181
10182 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
10183 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
10184 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
10185 the full configuration is shown.
10186
10187 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
10188 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
10189 those commands which take multiple unit names.
10190
10191 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
10192
10193 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
10194 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
10195
10196 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
10197 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
10198 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
10199 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
10200
10201 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
10202 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
10203 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
10204 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
10205
10206 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
10207 of the legend text.
10208
10209 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
10210 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
10211 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
10212 remote sessions.
10213
10214 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
10215 information of SDIO devices.
10216
10217 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
10218 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
10219 the system manager.
10220
10221 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
10222 short description of the connection parameters in the
10223 description.
10224
10225 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
10226 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
10227 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
10228 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
10229 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
10230 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
10231 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
10232
10233 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
10234 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS hostname resolution
10235 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
10236 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
10237 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
10238 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
10239 hostname resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
10240 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
10241 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
10242
10243 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
10244 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
10245 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
10246 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
10247 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
10248 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
10249 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
10250 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
10251 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
10252 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
10253 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
10254 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
10255 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
10256 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
10257 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
10258 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
10259 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
10260 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
10261 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
10262 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
10263 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
10264 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
10265 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
10266
10267 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
10268 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
10269 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
10270 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
10271 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
10272 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
10273 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
10274 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
10275 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
10276 that you are aware of the instability of the current
10277 APIs.
10278
10279 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
10280 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
10281 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
10282 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
10283 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
10284 declare the APIs stable.
10285
10286 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
10287 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
10288 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
10289 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
10290 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
10291 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
10292 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
10293 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
10294 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
10295 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
10296 one of them is updated.
10297
10298 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
10299 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
10300 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
10301 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
10302 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
10303
10304 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
10305 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
10306 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
10307 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
10308 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
10309 entry points.
10310
10311 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
10312 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
10313 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
10314 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
10315 been disabled at compile-time.
10316
10317 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
10318 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
10319 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
10320 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
10321
10322 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
10323 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
10324 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
10325
10326 * The sd_journal_sendv() API call has been checked and
10327 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
10328 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
10329
10330 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
10331 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
10332 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
10333
10334 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
10335 remains until jobs expire.
10336
10337 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
10338 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
10339 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
10340 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
10341 all remaining processes of the service.
10342
10343 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
10344 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
10345 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
10346 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
10347 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
10348 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
10349 manager process which created them takes no further
10350 responsibilities for it.
10351
10352 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
10353 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
10354 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
10355 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
10356 marked executable or world-writable.
10357
10358 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
10359 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
10360 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
10361 "--setenv=" for consistency.
10362
10363 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
10364 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
10365 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
10366 independent of the host.
10367
10368 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
10369 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
10370 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
10371 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
10372
10373 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
10374 with specific SELinux labels set.
10375
10376 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
10377 any additional output but the container's own console
10378 output.
10379
10380 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
10381 container without PID namespacing enabled.
10382
10383 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
10384 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
10385 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
10386 OS images, but only specific apps.
10387
10388 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
10389 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
10390 results in registration of the unit service itself in
10391 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
10392
10393 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
10394 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
10395 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
10396 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
10397 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
10398 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
10399
10400 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
10401 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
10402 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
10403 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
10404 units to use.
10405
10406 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
10407 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
10408 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
10409 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
10410
10411 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
10412 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
10413 context for a service.
10414
10415 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
10416 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
10417 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
10418 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
10419 influence this logic.
10420
10421 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
10422 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
10423 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
10424 other things.
10425
10426 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
10427 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
10428 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
10429 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
10430 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
10431 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
10432 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
10433 architectures). There is also a global
10434 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
10435 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
10436
10437 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
10438 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
10439
10440 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
10441 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
10442 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
10443 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
10444 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
10445 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
10446 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
10447 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
10448 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
10449 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
10450 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
10451 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
10452 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
10453 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
10454 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
10455 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
10456 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
10457 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
10458 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
10459 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
10460 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
10461 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
10462 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
10463 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10464
10465 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
10466
10467 CHANGES WITH 208:
10468
10469 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
10470 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
10471 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
10472 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
10473 access input and drm devices which are normally
10474 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
10475 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
10476 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
10477 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
10478 session switching without allowing background sessions to
10479 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
10480 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
10481 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
10482
10483 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
10484 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
10485 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
10486
10487 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
10488 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
10489 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
10490 kernel version number.
10491
10492 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
10493 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
10494 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
10495
10496 * This release removes high-level support for the
10497 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
10498 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
10499 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
10500 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
10501
10502 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
10503 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
10504 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
10505 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
10506 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
10507 cgroup system.
10508
10509 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
10510 messages containing the slice a message was generated
10511 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
10512 logs among other things.
10513
10514 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
10515 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
10516 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
10517 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
10518 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
10519 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
10520 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
10521 journald which would be necessary to resolve
10522 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
10523 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
10524 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
10525 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
10526 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
10527 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
10528 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
10529 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
10530 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
10531 not delayed until next reboot.
10532
10533 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
10534 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
10535 systemd generated files in one directory.
10536
10537 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
10538 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
10539 performance information if that's available to determine how
10540 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
10541 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
10542 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
10543
10544 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
10545 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
10546 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
10547 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10548 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
10549 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
10550 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10551
10552 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
10553
10554 CHANGES WITH 207:
10555
10556 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
10557 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
10558 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
10559 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
10560
10561 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
10562 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
10563 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
10564 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
10565 specified on the kernel command line less important.
10566
10567 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
10568 retrieve the VT number of a session.
10569
10570 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
10571 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
10572 maximum number of tries.
10573
10574 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
10575 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
10576 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
10577
10578 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
10579 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
10580
10581 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
10582 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
10583 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
10584
10585 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
10586 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
10587 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
10588
10589 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
10590 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
10591 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
10592 and type).
10593
10594 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
10595 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
10596
10597 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
10598 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
10599 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
10600 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
10601
10602 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
10603 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
10604 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
10605 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
10606 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
10607 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
10608 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
10609 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
10610
10611 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
10612 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
10613 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
10614 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
10615
10616 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
10617 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
10618 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
10619 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
10620 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
10621 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
10622 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
10623
10624 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
10625 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
10626
10627 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
10628 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
10629 automatically after the process terminated.
10630
10631 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
10632 certain paths from operation.
10633
10634 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
10635 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
10636 is received.
10637
10638 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
10639 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
10640 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
10641 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
10642 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
10643 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
10644 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
10645 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
10646 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
10647 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
10648 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
10649 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
10650 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10651
10652 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
10653
10654 CHANGES WITH 206:
10655
10656 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
10657 concepts introduced with 205.
10658
10659 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
10660 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
10661 -r".
10662
10663 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
10664 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
10665 --state= parameter.
10666
10667 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
10668 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
10669 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
10670 the journal.
10671
10672 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
10673 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
10674 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
10675
10676 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
10677 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
10678 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
10679 browsing logs from that point on.
10680
10681 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
10682 of an FSS key.
10683
10684 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
10685 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
10686 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
10687 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
10688 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
10689 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
10690 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
10691 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
10692 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
10693 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
10694 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
10695 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
10696 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
10697 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
10698
10699 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
10700 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
10701 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
10702 backing module right-away.
10703
10704 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
10705 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
10706
10707 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
10708 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
10709
10710 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
10711 set of processes in the message metadata.
10712
10713 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
10714
10715 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
10716 support for passing performance data via environment
10717 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
10718 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
10719 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
10720 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
10721 deserialize it again.
10722
10723 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
10724 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
10725 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
10726 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
10727
10728 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
10729 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
10730 completely silent shutdown when used.
10731
10732 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
10733 option in .socket units.
10734
10735 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
10736 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
10737 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
10738 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
10739 system.slice as before.
10740
10741 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
10742
10743 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
10744 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
10745 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10746 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
10747 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
10748 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
10749 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10750
10751 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
10752
10753 CHANGES WITH 205:
10754
10755 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
10756
10757 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
10758 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
10759 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
10760 possible for system services and applications to group their
10761 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
10762 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
10763 together, or apply resource limits on them.
10764
10765 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
10766 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
10767 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
10768 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
10769 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
10770
10771 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
10772 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
10773 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
10774 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
10775
10776 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
10777 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
10778 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
10779 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
10780 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
10781 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
10782 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
10783 and useful as a general batch manager.
10784
10785 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
10786 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
10787 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
10788 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
10789 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
10790 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
10791 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
10792 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
10793 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
10794 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
10795
10796 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
10797 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
10798 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
10799 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
10800 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
10801 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
10802 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
10803 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
10804 is compile-time optional.
10805
10806 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
10807 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
10808 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
10809 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
10810 well as slice units.
10811
10812 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
10813 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
10814 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
10815 but will be extended later on to make more properties
10816 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
10817 command that wraps this call.
10818
10819 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
10820 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
10821 while configuring a number of settings via the command
10822 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
10823 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
10824 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
10825 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
10826
10827 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
10828 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
10829 off audit.
10830
10831 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
10832 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
10833
10834 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
10835 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
10836 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
10837 and system logs.
10838
10839 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
10840 snippets extending unit files.
10841
10842 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
10843 not available as public API.
10844
10845 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
10846 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
10847 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
10848
10849 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
10850 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
10851 controls what to boot into by default.
10852
10853 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
10854 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
10855
10856 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
10857 generators needed for execution, as well as information
10858 about the unit file loading.
10859
10860 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
10861 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
10862 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
10863 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
10864 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
10865 racy due to journal file rotation.
10866
10867 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
10868 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
10869 all services.
10870
10871 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
10872 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
10873 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
10874 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, … fields. This is useful if
10875 system services want to log events about specific client
10876 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
10877 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
10878 unit is requested.
10879
10880 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
10881 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
10882 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
10883 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
10884 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
10885 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10886 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
10887 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
10888 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
10889 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
10890 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
10891 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
10892 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
10893
10894 CHANGES WITH 204:
10895
10896 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
10897 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
10898
10899 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
10900 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
10901 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
10902
10903 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
10904 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10905
10906 CHANGES WITH 203:
10907
10908 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
10909 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
10910
10911 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
10912 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
10913 fields, including the root directory.
10914
10915 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
10916 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
10917 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
10918 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
10919 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
10920 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
10921 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
10922 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
10923 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
10924 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
10925 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
10926
10927 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
10928 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
10929
10930 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
10931 have taken an inhibitor lock.
10932
10933 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
10934 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
10935 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
10936 the local hostname.
10937
10938 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
10939 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
10940 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
10941 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
10942 VMs/containers coming and going.
10943
10944 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
10945 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
10946 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
10947
10948 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
10949 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
10950 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
10951 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
10952
10953 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
10954 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
10955 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
10956
10957 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
10958 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
10959 services. With the container's root directory in
10960 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
10961 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
10962
10963 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
10964 the processes within a certain container.
10965
10966 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
10967 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
10968 check though. Patches welcome!
10969
10970 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
10971 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
10972 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
10973 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
10974 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
10975
10976 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
10977 the passed argument if applicable.
10978
10979 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
10980 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
10981 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
10982 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
10983 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
10984 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
10985 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
10986 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10987
10988 CHANGES WITH 202:
10989
10990 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
10991 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
10992 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
10993 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
10994 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
10995 units activate.
10996
10997 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
10998 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
10999 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
11000 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
11001 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
11002 for now, and not installable.
11003
11004 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
11005 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
11006 can run in conjunction with udev.
11007
11008 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
11009 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
11010 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
11011 session manager.
11012
11013 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
11014 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
11015 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
11016 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
11017 services, user processes and containers/virtual
11018 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
11019 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
11020 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
11021 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
11022 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
11023 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
11024
11025 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
11026
11027 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
11028 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
11029 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
11030 logical expressions.
11031
11032 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
11033 switches.
11034
11035 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
11036 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
11037 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
11038 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
11039 the user.
11040
11041 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
11042 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
11043 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
11044 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
11045 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
11046 an entry.
11047
11048 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
11049 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
11050 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
11051 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
11052 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
11053 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11054
11055 CHANGES WITH 201:
11056
11057 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
11058 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
11059 directory.
11060
11061 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
11062 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
11063 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
11064 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
11065 problem.
11066
11067 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
11068 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
11069 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
11070 before the key file is attempted to be read.
11071
11072 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
11073 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
11074
11075 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
11076 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
11077 files in this context are files such as
11078 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
11079
11080 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
11081 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
11082 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
11083 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
11084 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
11085 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
11086
11087 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
11088 hostnames.
11089
11090 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
11091 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
11092 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
11093 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
11094 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
11095 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
11096 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
11097 all time-related output of systemd.
11098
11099 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
11100 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
11101 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
11102 loops.
11103
11104 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
11105 (models, layouts, variants, options).
11106
11107 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
11108 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
11109 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
11110 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
11111 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
11112
11113 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
11114 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
11115 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
11116 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
11117 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
11118 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
11119 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
11120
11121 CHANGES WITH 200:
11122
11123 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
11124 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
11125 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
11126 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
11127 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
11128 middle ground between physical and access time order.
11129
11130 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
11131 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
11132 images.
11133
11134 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
11135 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
11136 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11137
11138 CHANGES WITH 199:
11139
11140 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
11141
11142 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
11143 security policy.
11144
11145 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
11146 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
11147 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
11148 shared by all processes of a service (which means
11149 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
11150 the same service can still access). When a service is
11151 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
11152 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
11153 this though).
11154
11155 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
11156 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
11157 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
11158 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
11159 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
11160 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
11161
11162 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
11163 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
11164
11165 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
11166 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
11167
11168 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
11169
11170 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
11171 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
11172 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
11173 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
11174 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
11175
11176 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
11177 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
11178 system is to be mounted.
11179
11180 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
11181 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
11182 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
11183 purpose for socket units.
11184
11185 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
11186 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
11187
11188 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
11189 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
11190 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
11191 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
11192 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
11193
11194 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
11195 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
11196 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
11197 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
11198 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
11199 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
11200 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
11201 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
11202 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11203
11204 CHANGES WITH 198:
11205
11206 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
11207 files without having to edit/override the unit files
11208 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
11209 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
11210 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
11211 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
11212 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
11213 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
11214 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
11215 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
11216 unit files locally: copying the files from
11217 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
11218 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
11219 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
11220 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
11221 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
11222 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
11223 for them too.
11224
11225 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
11226 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
11227 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
11228 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
11229 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
11230 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
11231 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
11232 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
11233 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
11234
11235 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
11236 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
11237
11238 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
11239 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
11240 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
11241 other users.
11242
11243 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
11244 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
11245 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
11246 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
11247 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
11248 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
11249 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
11250 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
11251 management logic is also available to other programs via the
11252 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
11253 supported.
11254
11255 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
11256 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
11257 the foreground VT.
11258
11259 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
11260 call.
11261
11262 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
11263 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
11264 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
11265 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
11266 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
11267 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
11268 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
11269 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
11270 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
11271 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
11272 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
11273 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
11274 also been removed.
11275
11276 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
11277 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
11278 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
11279 objects themselves.
11280
11281 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
11282
11283 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
11284 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
11285 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
11286 to how this is supported in shells.
11287
11288 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
11289 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
11290 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
11291 user systemd instance.
11292
11293 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
11294 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
11295 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
11296 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
11297 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
11298 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
11299 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
11300 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
11301 one day for good in the kernel.
11302
11303 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
11304 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
11305 container.
11306
11307 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
11308 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
11309 the host into the container.
11310
11311 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
11312 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
11313 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
11314 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
11315 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
11316 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
11317
11318 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/BootLoaderInterface
11319
11320 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
11321 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
11322 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
11323 configured to be mounted there.
11324
11325 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
11326 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
11327 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
11328 system resume events.
11329
11330 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
11331 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
11332 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
11333 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
11334
11335 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
11336 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
11337 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
11338 card).
11339
11340 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
11341 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
11342 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
11343
11344 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
11345 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
11346 later "change" event.
11347
11348 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
11349 now carry a message ID.
11350
11351 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
11352 continues to be work in progress.
11353
11354 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
11355 root directory to operate relative to.
11356
11357 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
11358 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
11359 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
11360 times a little.
11361
11362 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
11363 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
11364 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
11365 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
11366 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
11367 request boot into firmware operations.
11368
11369 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
11370 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
11371 correctly in initrds.
11372
11373 * polkit previously has been runtime optional, and is now also
11374 compile time optional via a configure switch.
11375
11376 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
11377 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
11378
11379 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
11380 the status of all active or failed units.
11381
11382 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
11383 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
11384 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
11385 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
11386 requests more robust.
11387
11388 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
11389 reading journal files.
11390
11391 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
11392 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
11393
11394 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec
11395
11396 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
11397 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
11398
11399 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
11400 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
11401 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
11402 socket activation in daemons.
11403
11404 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
11405 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
11406
11407 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
11408 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
11409 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
11410
11411 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
11412 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
11413 system units.
11414
11415 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
11416 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
11417 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
11418
11419 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
11420 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
11421 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
11422 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
11423 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
11424 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
11425 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
11426 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
11427 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
11428 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
11429 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
11430 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
11431 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
11432 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
11433 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
11434 package installation time.
11435
11436 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
11437 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
11438 scripts need to create these system user/group at
11439 installation time.
11440
11441 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
11442 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
11443
11444 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
11445
11446 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
11447 available.
11448
11449 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
11450 load SMACK policies at early boot.
11451
11452 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
11453 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
11454 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
11455 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
11456 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
11457 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
11458 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
11459 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
11460 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
11461 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
11462 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
11463 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
11464 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
11465 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
11466
11467 CHANGES WITH 197:
11468
11469 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
11470 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
11471 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
11472 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
11473 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
11474 a thursday or friday. This brings timer event support
11475 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
11476 the supported calendar time specification language see
11477 systemd.time(7).
11478
11479 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
11480 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
11481 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
11482 document for details:
11483
11484 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames
11485
11486 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
11487 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
11488 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
11489 implementations around and minimal in its code and
11490 dependencies.
11491
11492 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
11493 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
11494 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
11495 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
11496 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
11497 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
11498 with a configure switch.
11499
11500 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
11501 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
11502 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
11503 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
11504 such as ext4.
11505
11506 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
11507 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
11508 identities are attached to the devices as well.
11509
11510 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
11511 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
11512
11513 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
11514 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
11515 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
11516 using only core OS tools.
11517
11518 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
11519 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
11520 implementation of socket activated nspawn
11521 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
11522 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
11523 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
11524 eventually.
11525
11526 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
11527 presenting log data.
11528
11529 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
11530 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
11531
11532 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
11533 system on idle.
11534
11535 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
11536 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
11537 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
11538 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
11539 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
11540 information if possible.
11541
11542 * A number of polkit actions are now bound together with "imply"
11543 rules. This should simplify creating UIs because many actions
11544 will now authenticate similar ones as well.
11545
11546 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
11547 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
11548 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
11549 is running on battery power.
11550
11551 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
11552 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
11553 is in the "failed" state.
11554
11555 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
11556 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
11557 environment files at once.
11558
11559 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
11560 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
11561 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
11562 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
11563 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
11564 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
11565 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
11566 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
11567 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
11568 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
11569 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
11570 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
11571 pieces of code locally from the git history.
11572
11573 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
11574 log the unit name in the message meta data.
11575
11576 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
11577 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
11578
11579 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
11580 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
11581 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
11582 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
11583 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
11584 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
11585 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
11586 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
11587 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
11588 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
11589 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
11590 shipped from us upstream.
11591
11592 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
11593 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
11594 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
11595 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
11596 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
11597 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
11598 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
11599 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
11600 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
11601 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
11602 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
11603 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
11604 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11605
11606 CHANGES WITH 196:
11607
11608 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
11609 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
11610 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
11611 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
11612 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
11613 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
11614 becoming the one central database for non-essential
11615 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
11616 database was only attached to select devices, since the
11617 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
11618 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
11619 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
11620 data for all devices where this is available, by
11621 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
11622 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
11623 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
11624 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
11625 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
11626 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
11627
11628 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
11629 indexed database to link up additional information with
11630 journal entries. For further details please check:
11631
11632 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
11633
11634 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
11635 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
11636 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
11637 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
11638 macro for this purpose.
11639
11640 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
11641 Python logging framework.
11642
11643 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
11644 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
11645 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
11646 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
11647 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
11648 time intervals.
11649
11650 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
11651 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
11652 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
11653
11654 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
11655 right-away on the selected coredump.
11656
11657 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
11658 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
11659 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
11660
11661 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
11662 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
11663 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
11664 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
11665
11666 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
11667 default.
11668
11669 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
11670 SMACK security label.
11671
11672 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
11673 daylight saving change.
11674
11675 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
11676 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
11677 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
11678 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
11679 distributions who still need support this to either continue
11680 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
11681 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
11682
11683 * Various systemd components will now bypass polkit checks for
11684 root and otherwise handle properly if polkit is not found to
11685 be around. This should fix most issues for polkit-less
11686 systems. Quite frankly this should have been this way since
11687 day one. It is absolutely our intention to make systemd work
11688 fine on polkit-less systems, and we consider it a bug if
11689 something does not work as it should if polkit is not around.
11690
11691 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
11692 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
11693
11694 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
11695 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
11696 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
11697 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
11698 offline updating tools.
11699
11700 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
11701 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
11702 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
11703 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
11704 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
11705 directories for packages to place various data files in.
11706
11707 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
11708 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
11709
11710 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
11711 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
11712 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
11713 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
11714 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
11715 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
11716 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
11717 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
11718 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11719
11720 CHANGES WITH 195:
11721
11722 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
11723 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
11724 units via --unit=/-u.
11725
11726 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
11727 right thing.
11728
11729 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
11730 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
11731 rotation.
11732
11733 * The journal will now index the available field values for
11734 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
11735 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
11736 completion of journalctl has been updated
11737 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
11738 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
11739
11740 * More service events are now written as structured messages
11741 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
11742
11743 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
11744 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
11745 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
11746 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
11747 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
11748 these settings from the command line now, especially since
11749 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
11750 completion.
11751
11752 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
11753 extract coredumps from the journal.
11754
11755 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
11756 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
11757 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
11758 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
11759 scratch their heads.
11760
11761 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
11762 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
11763
11764 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
11765 in immediate termination of systemd.
11766
11767 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
11768 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
11769
11770 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
11771 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
11772 mouse screen support has been added.
11773
11774 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
11775 Server-Sent-Events as output.
11776
11777 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
11778 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
11779 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
11780 "systemctl reload".
11781
11782 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
11783 -u" instead.
11784
11785 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
11786 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
11787 configured.
11788
11789 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
11790 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
11791
11792 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
11793 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
11794 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
11795 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
11796 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
11797 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
11798 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
11799
11800 CHANGES WITH 194:
11801
11802 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
11803 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
11804 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
11805 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
11806 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
11807 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
11808 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
11809 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
11810 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
11811 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
11812 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
11813 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
11814
11815 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
11816 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
11817 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11818
11819 CHANGES WITH 193:
11820
11821 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
11822 starting from the specified location in the journal.
11823
11824 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
11825 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
11826 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
11827
11828 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
11829 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
11830 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
11831 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
11832 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
11833 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
11834 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
11835
11836 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
11837 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
11838
11839 This will download the journal contents in a
11840 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
11841
11842 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
11843
11844 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
11845 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
11846 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
11847 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
11848 screenshot of this app in its current state:
11849
11850 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
11851
11852 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
11853 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
11854
11855 CHANGES WITH 192:
11856
11857 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
11858 too.
11859
11860 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
11861 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
11862 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
11863 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
11864 just start them.
11865
11866 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
11867 and line break accordingly.
11868
11869 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
11870 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
11871
11872 CHANGES WITH 191:
11873
11874 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
11875 container environment, copying the host's timezone
11876 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
11877 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
11878 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
11879
11880 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
11881 will default to 10 if omitted.
11882
11883 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
11884 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
11885 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
11886 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
11887 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
11888
11889 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
11890 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
11891 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
11892 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
11893 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
11894 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
11895 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
11896
11897 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
11898 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
11899 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
11900 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
11901 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
11902 into two.
11903
11904 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
11905 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
11906
11907 CHANGES WITH 190:
11908
11909 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
11910 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
11911 "systemctl status".
11912
11913 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
11914 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
11915 system to another place in the same file system could not be
11916 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
11917 field.)
11918
11919 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
11920 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
11921 default.
11922
11923 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
11924 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
11925 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
11926 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
11927 in a container.
11928
11929 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
11930 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
11931 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
11932 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
11933 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
11934 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
11935
11936 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
11937 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
11938 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
11939 no-op.
11940
11941 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
11942 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
11943 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
11944 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
11945 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
11946
11947 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
11948 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
11949
11950 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
11951 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
11952 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
11953 command.
11954
11955 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
11956 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
11957 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
11958
11959 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
11960
11961 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
11962 multiple files at once.
11963
11964 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
11965 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
11966 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
11967 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
11968 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
11969 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
11970 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
11971
11972 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
11973 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
11974 now support specifiers as well.
11975
11976 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
11977 dir: %_presetdir.
11978
11979 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
11980 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
11981
11982 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
11983 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
11984 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
11985 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
11986 anymore.
11987
11988 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
11989 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
11990 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
11991 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
11992
11993 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
11994 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
11995 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
11996
11997 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
11998 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
11999 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
12000 sockets.
12001
12002 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
12003 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
12004 is changed.
12005
12006 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
12007 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
12008 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
12009 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
12010 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
12011 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
12012 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
12013
12014 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch …
12015
12016 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
12017 the unit file label and client process label into account.
12018
12019 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
12020 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
12021
12022 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
12023 for the hostname (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
12024 (%b).
12025
12026 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
12027 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
12028 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
12029 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
12030 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
12031 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
12032 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12033
12034 CHANGES WITH 189:
12035
12036 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
12037 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
12038
12039 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
12040 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
12041 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
12042 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
12043 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
12044 syslog daemons again.
12045
12046 * The libudev API gained the new
12047 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
12048
12049 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
12050 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
12051 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
12052 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
12053
12054 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
12055 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
12056 container.
12057
12058 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
12059 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
12060 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
12061 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
12062 this explaining it in more detail.
12063
12064 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
12065 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
12066 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
12067 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
12068
12069 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
12070 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
12071 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
12072 journal files.
12073
12074 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
12075 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
12076 as container init process a lot more fun.
12077
12078 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
12079 entries.
12080
12081 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
12082 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
12083 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
12084 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
12085 different sets of services.
12086
12087 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
12088 failure state.
12089
12090 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
12091 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
12092 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12093
12094 CHANGES WITH 188:
12095
12096 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
12097 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
12098 tree a lot more organized.
12099
12100 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
12101 may be used to group services in a natural way.
12102
12103 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
12104 services.
12105
12106 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
12107 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
12108 filtering by log level now.
12109
12110 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
12111 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
12112 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
12113
12114 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
12115 command lines involving service unit names.
12116
12117 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
12118 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
12119
12120 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
12121 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
12122 and encodes structured information about the error number.
12123
12124 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
12125 option.
12126
12127 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
12128 a shutdown is cancelled.
12129
12130 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
12131 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
12132 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
12133 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
12134 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
12135
12136 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
12137 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
12138 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
12139 for display managers instead.
12140
12141 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
12142 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
12143 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
12144 protection, and suchlike.
12145
12146 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
12147 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
12148 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
12149 the service.
12150
12151 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
12152 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
12153 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
12154 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
12155 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
12156 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12157
12158 CHANGES WITH 187:
12159
12160 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
12161 pages.
12162
12163 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
12164 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
12165 data loss.
12166
12167 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
12168 option.
12169
12170 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
12171
12172 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
12173 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
12174
12175 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
12176 specific directory.
12177
12178 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
12179 messages of two different boots.
12180
12181 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
12182 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
12183 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
12184
12185 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
12186 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
12187 disjunctions.
12188
12189 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
12190 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
12191 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
12192
12193 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
12194 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
12195 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
12196
12197 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
12198 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
12199 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
12200 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
12201 speed things up a bit.
12202
12203 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
12204 header data of journal files.
12205
12206 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services which may
12207 be used to apply deny lists or allow lists to system calls. This is
12208 based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
12209
12210 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
12211 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
12212 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
12213 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
12214
12215 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
12216
12217 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
12218 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
12219 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
12220 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12221
12222 CHANGES WITH 186:
12223
12224 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
12225 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
12226 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
12227 prefixed with rd.
12228
12229 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
12230 automatically generated at boot. Use:
12231
12232 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
12233
12234 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
12235
12236 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
12237
12238 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
12239 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
12240 as well.
12241
12242 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
12243 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
12244 in all appropriate directories automatically.
12245
12246 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
12247 does the right thing. Example:
12248
12249 udevadm info /dev/sda
12250 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
12251
12252 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
12253 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
12254 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
12255 running.
12256
12257 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
12258 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
12259
12260 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
12261 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
12262
12263 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
12264 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
12265 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
12266 files.
12267
12268 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
12269 be stopped that is not loaded.
12270
12271 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
12272
12273 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
12274
12275 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
12276 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
12277 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
12278 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
12279
12280 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
12281 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
12282 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
12283 completed initialization.
12284
12285 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
12286
12287 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
12288 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
12289 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
12290 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
12291 distributions.
12292
12293 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
12294 always valid when services log to the journal via
12295 STDOUT/STDERR.
12296
12297 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
12298 command line options we understand.
12299
12300 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
12301 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
12302
12303 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
12304 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
12305
12306 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
12307 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
12308 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
12309 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
12310
12311 systemctl status /home
12312 systemctl status /dev/sda
12313
12314 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
12315 system.conf parsing.
12316
12317 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
12318 Manager object.
12319
12320 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
12321
12322 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
12323
12324 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
12325 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
12326 complete.
12327
12328 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
12329 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
12330 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
12331 systemd-fsck@.service.
12332
12333 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
12334 Manager object.
12335
12336 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
12337 work sensibly.
12338
12339 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
12340 we actually understand.
12341
12342 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
12343 additional capabilities to the container.
12344
12345 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
12346 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
12347 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
12348
12349 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
12350 the current boot only.
12351
12352 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
12353 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
12354
12355 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
12356 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
12357 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
12358 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
12359 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
12360
12361 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
12362
12363 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
12364 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
12365 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
12366 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
12367
12368 CHANGES WITH 185:
12369
12370 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
12371 available.
12372
12373 * Several new man pages have been added.
12374
12375 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
12376 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
12377 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
12378 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
12379
12380 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
12381 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
12382
12383 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
12384 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
12385 Matthias Clasen
12386
12387 CHANGES WITH 184:
12388
12389 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
12390 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
12391
12392 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
12393 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
12394 daemon.
12395
12396 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
12397 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
12398
12399 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
12400 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
12401 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
12402 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
12403
12404 CHANGES WITH 183:
12405
12406 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
12407 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
12408 and systemd's most recent version number.
12409
12410 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
12411 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
12412 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
12413 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
12414 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
12415 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
12416
12417 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
12418 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
12419 subsystems.
12420
12421 * udev: RUN+="socket:…" and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
12422 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
12423 used to subscribe to events.
12424
12425 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
12426 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
12427 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
12428 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
12429 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
12430 forked by udev rules.
12431
12432 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
12433 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
12434 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
12435 it.
12436
12437 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
12438 udev_monitor_from_socket()
12439 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
12440 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
12441 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
12442
12443 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
12444 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
12445
12446 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
12447 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
12448 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
12449 the files to the new names on upgrade.
12450
12451 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
12452 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
12453 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
12454 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
12455 to be used as drop-in files.
12456
12457 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
12458 particular suspending and hibernating.
12459
12460 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
12461 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
12462 about this in more detail.
12463
12464 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
12465 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
12466 places). Distributions which have not converted these
12467 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
12468 from git history and add them downstream.
12469
12470 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
12471 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
12472 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
12473 units.
12474
12475 * All smaller setup units (such as
12476 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
12477 are run in a container and are skipped when
12478 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
12479 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
12480
12481 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
12482 integrated, for details see:
12483 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/SystemUpdates
12484
12485 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
12486 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
12487 messages.
12488
12489 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
12490 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
12491 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
12492 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
12493 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
12494
12495 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
12496 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
12497 for all units started by PID 1.
12498
12499 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
12500 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
12501 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
12502
12503 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
12504 of PID 1 anymore.
12505
12506 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
12507 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
12508 have not been read by systemd yet.
12509
12510 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
12511 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
12512 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
12513 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
12514 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
12515 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
12516
12517 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
12518 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
12519
12520 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
12521
12522 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
12523 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
12524 so sexy.
12525
12526 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
12527 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
12528 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
12529 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
12530 patterns.
12531
12532 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
12533 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
12534 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
12535 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
12536
12537 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
12538 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
12539
12540 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
12541 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
12542 in systemd now.
12543
12544 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
12545 ID on the command line.
12546
12547 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
12548 for an init system.
12549
12550 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
12551 vt100.
12552
12553 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
12554
12555 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
12556 components now have directories of their own.
12557
12558 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
12559
12560 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
12561 container in other hierarchies.
12562
12563 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
12564 system.conf.
12565
12566 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
12567
12568 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
12569 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
12570
12571 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
12572 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
12573
12574 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
12575 locally generated journal files.
12576
12577 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
12578
12579 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
12580
12581 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
12582 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
12583 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
12584 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
12585 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
12586 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
12587 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
12588 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
12589 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
12590 Gundersen
12591
12592 CHANGES WITH 44:
12593
12594 * This is mostly a bugfix release
12595
12596 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
12597 KVM or container configured UUID.
12598
12599 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
12600
12601 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
12602
12603 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
12604 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
12605
12606 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
12607
12608 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
12609 folks
12610
12611 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
12612 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
12613 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
12614
12615 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
12616 configuration
12617
12618 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
12619 free fashion
12620
12621 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
12622 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
12623 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
12624 automatically generated data.
12625
12626 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
12627 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
12628 however.
12629
12630 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
12631 tarball.
12632
12633 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
12634 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
12635 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
12636 Reding
12637
12638 CHANGES WITH 43:
12639
12640 * This is mostly a bugfix release
12641
12642 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
12643
12644 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
12645
12646 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
12647 normal user logins.
12648
12649 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
12650 Biebl
12651
12652 CHANGES WITH 42:
12653
12654 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
12655
12656 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
12657 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
12658 xsltproc.
12659
12660 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
12661 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
12662 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
12663
12664 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
12665 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
12666 reboot can automatically be triggered.
12667
12668 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
12669
12670 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
12671 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
12672 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
12673
12674 CHANGES WITH 41:
12675
12676 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
12677 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
12678 package update.
12679
12680 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
12681 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
12682 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
12683
12684 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
12685 complete.
12686
12687 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
12688 understood to set system wide environment variables
12689 dynamically at boot.
12690
12691 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
12692
12693 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
12694 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
12695 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
12696 files.
12697
12698 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
12699 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
12700 William Douglas
12701
12702 CHANGES WITH 40:
12703
12704 * This is mostly a bugfix release
12705
12706 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
12707 "Result" D-Bus property.
12708
12709 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
12710 the next few releases.)
12711
12712 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
12713 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
12714 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
12715 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
12716
12717 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
12718 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
12719 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
12720
12721 CHANGES WITH 39:
12722
12723 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
12724 bugfixes.
12725
12726 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
12727 resource usage.
12728
12729 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
12730 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
12731 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
12732 journals by the respective users.
12733
12734 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
12735 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
12736 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
12737
12738 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
12739 client for all entries.
12740
12741 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
12742
12743 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
12744 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
12745
12746 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
12747 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
12748 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
12749 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
12750
12751 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
12752 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
12753 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
12754
12755 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
12756 journal along with meta data.
12757
12758 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
12759 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
12760 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
12761
12762 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
12763 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
12764 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
12765
12766 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
12767
12768 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
12769 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
12770 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
12771 or fsck.
12772
12773 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
12774 requested with new -k switch.
12775
12776 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
12777 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
12778
12779 CHANGES WITH 38:
12780
12781 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
12782 bugfixes.
12783
12784 * The git repository moved to:
12785 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
12786 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
12787
12788 * First release with the journal
12789 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
12790
12791 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
12792 systemd-stdout-bridge.
12793
12794 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
12795
12796 * Many systemadm clean-ups
12797
12798 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
12799 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
12800 remote mounts.
12801
12802 * Added Mageia support
12803
12804 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
12805
12806 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
12807 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
12808 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
12809 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
12810 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
12811
12812 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
12813 of existing distributions.
12814
12815 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
12816 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
12817
12818 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
12819 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
12820 boot.
12821
12822 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
12823
12824 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
12825 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
12826 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
12827 among other things.
12828
12829 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
12830 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
12831
12832 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
12833
12834 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
12835 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
12836 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
12837
12838 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
12839 restored.
12840
12841 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
12842 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
12843 kmod
12844
12845 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
12846 of /usr/local by default.
12847
12848 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
12849 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
12850 in:
12851 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/RootStorageDaemons
12852
12853 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
12854 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
12855 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
12856 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
12857 supported anyway, and bad style).
12858
12859 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
12860 reloading of units together.
12861
12862 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
12863 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
12864 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
12865 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
12866 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek